CA2751604C - Pilots for mimo communication systems - Google Patents
Pilots for mimo communication systems Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2751604C CA2751604C CA2751604A CA2751604A CA2751604C CA 2751604 C CA2751604 C CA 2751604C CA 2751604 A CA2751604 A CA 2751604A CA 2751604 A CA2751604 A CA 2751604A CA 2751604 C CA2751604 C CA 2751604C
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- pilot
- antenna
- antennas
- mimo
- symbols
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Expired - Lifetime
Links
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 16
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 91
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 27
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 claims description 60
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 92
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 47
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 46
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 19
- 238000000354 decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 16
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 15
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 12
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 7
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 4
- JFUIHGAGFMFNRD-UHFFFAOYSA-N fica Chemical compound FC1=CC=C2NC(C(=O)NCCS)=CC2=C1 JFUIHGAGFMFNRD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 4
- 101000802640 Homo sapiens Lactosylceramide 4-alpha-galactosyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102100035838 Lactosylceramide 4-alpha-galactosyltransferase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000005562 fading Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 2
- 206010010071 Coma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010003272 Hyaluronate lyase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100502819 Mus musculus Fimp gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003491 array Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 101150000426 ftcd gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005192 partition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04B—TRANSMISSION
- H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
- H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
- H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
- H04B7/0413—MIMO systems
- H04B7/0417—Feedback systems
- H04B7/0421—Feedback systems utilizing implicit feedback, e.g. steered pilot signals
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04B—TRANSMISSION
- H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
- H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
- H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
- H04B7/0413—MIMO systems
- H04B7/0426—Power distribution
- H04B7/043—Power distribution using best eigenmode, e.g. beam forming or beam steering
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04B—TRANSMISSION
- H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
- H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
- H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
- H04B7/06—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
- H04B7/0613—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission
- H04B7/0615—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04B—TRANSMISSION
- H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
- H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
- H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
- H04B7/06—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
- H04B7/0613—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission
- H04B7/0684—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission using different training sequences per antenna
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04B—TRANSMISSION
- H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
- H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
- H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
- H04B7/06—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
- H04B7/0697—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using spatial multiplexing
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04B—TRANSMISSION
- H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
- H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
- H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
- H04B7/08—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the receiving station
- H04B7/0837—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the receiving station using pre-detection combining
- H04B7/0842—Weighted combining
- H04B7/0848—Joint weighting
- H04B7/0854—Joint weighting using error minimizing algorithms, e.g. minimum mean squared error [MMSE], "cross-correlation" or matrix inversion
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
- H04L1/0001—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
- H04L1/0001—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff
- H04L1/0002—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff by adapting the transmission rate
- H04L1/0003—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff by adapting the transmission rate by switching between different modulation schemes
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
- H04L1/0001—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff
- H04L1/0009—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff by adapting the channel coding
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
- H04L1/0001—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff
- H04L1/0015—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff characterised by the adaptation strategy
- H04L1/0017—Systems modifying transmission characteristics according to link quality, e.g. power backoff characterised by the adaptation strategy where the mode-switching is based on Quality of Service requirement
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
- H04L1/004—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using forward error control
- H04L1/0056—Systems characterized by the type of code used
- H04L1/0071—Use of interleaving
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
- H04L1/02—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by diversity reception
- H04L1/06—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by diversity reception using space diversity
- H04L1/0618—Space-time coding
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
- H04L1/08—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by repeating transmission, e.g. Verdan system
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L25/00—Baseband systems
- H04L25/02—Details ; arrangements for supplying electrical power along data transmission lines
- H04L25/0202—Channel estimation
- H04L25/0204—Channel estimation of multiple channels
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L25/00—Baseband systems
- H04L25/02—Details ; arrangements for supplying electrical power along data transmission lines
- H04L25/0202—Channel estimation
- H04L25/0224—Channel estimation using sounding signals
- H04L25/0226—Channel estimation using sounding signals sounding signals per se
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L25/00—Baseband systems
- H04L25/02—Details ; arrangements for supplying electrical power along data transmission lines
- H04L25/03—Shaping networks in transmitter or receiver, e.g. adaptive shaping networks
- H04L25/03006—Arrangements for removing intersymbol interference
- H04L25/03343—Arrangements at the transmitter end
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L27/00—Modulated-carrier systems
- H04L27/26—Systems using multi-frequency codes
- H04L27/2601—Multicarrier modulation systems
- H04L27/2602—Signal structure
- H04L27/261—Details of reference signals
- H04L27/2613—Structure of the reference signals
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
- H04L5/0001—Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
- H04L5/0026—Division using four or more dimensions
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
- H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
- H04L5/0048—Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
- H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
- H04L5/0048—Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver
- H04L5/005—Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver of common pilots, i.e. pilots destined for multiple users or terminals
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
- H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
- H04L5/0058—Allocation criteria
- H04L5/006—Quality of the received signal, e.g. BER, SNR, water filling
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04B—TRANSMISSION
- H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
- H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
- H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
- H04B7/06—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
- H04B7/0613—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission
- H04B7/0667—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of delayed versions of same signal
- H04B7/0669—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of delayed versions of same signal using different channel coding between antennas
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
- H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
- H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L27/00—Modulated-carrier systems
- H04L27/0014—Carrier regulation
- H04L2027/0083—Signalling arrangements
- H04L2027/0089—In-band signals
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
- H04L5/0001—Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
- H04L5/0014—Three-dimensional division
- H04L5/0023—Time-frequency-space
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W16/00—Network planning, e.g. coverage or traffic planning tools; Network deployment, e.g. resource partitioning or cells structures
- H04W16/24—Cell structures
- H04W16/28—Cell structures using beam steering
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W28/00—Network traffic management; Network resource management
- H04W28/16—Central resource management; Negotiation of resources or communication parameters, e.g. negotiating bandwidth or QoS [Quality of Service]
- H04W28/18—Negotiating wireless communication parameters
- H04W28/20—Negotiating bandwidth
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
- H04W52/04—TPC
- H04W52/38—TPC being performed in particular situations
- H04W52/50—TPC being performed in particular situations at the moment of starting communication in a multiple access environment
Abstract
A method of generating pilots in a wireless multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) communication system is provided and involves obtaining a set of pilot symbols for each antenna in a plurality of antennas. The set of pilot symbols is designated for transmission on a set of subbands and selected to have small peak-to-average variation in a waveform generated based on the pilot symbols. An orthogonal sequence is obtained for each antenna in the plurality of antennas.
The plurality of antennas are assigned different orthogonal sequences. The set of pilot symbol for each antenna is covered with the orthogonal sequence for the antenna to obtain a sequence of covered pilot symbols for the antenna. A plurality of sequences of covered pilot symbols for a plurality of orthogonal pilots are obtained for the plurality of antennas.
The plurality of antennas are assigned different orthogonal sequences. The set of pilot symbol for each antenna is covered with the orthogonal sequence for the antenna to obtain a sequence of covered pilot symbols for the antenna. A plurality of sequences of covered pilot symbols for a plurality of orthogonal pilots are obtained for the plurality of antennas.
Description
PILOTS FOR MIMO COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
Related Application This application is a divisional of Canadian National Phase Application Serial No. 2,501,634 filed October 24, 2003.
BACKGROUND
I. Field [1002] The present invention relates generally to data communication, and more specifically to pilots suitable for use in multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) communication systems.
II. Background [1003] A MIMO system employs multiple (NT) transmit antennas and multiple (NR) receive antennas for data transmission. A MIMO channel formed by the NT
transmit and NR receive antennas may be decomposed into Ns independent channels, which are also referred to as eigenmodes, where Ns 5 min {NT, NR}.
Each of the Ns independent channels corresponds to a dimension. The MIMO system can provide improved performance (e. g., increased transmission capacity and/or greater reliability) if the additional dimensionalities created by the multiple transmit and receive antennas are utilized.
[1004] In a wireless communication system, data to be transmitted is first modulated onto a radio frequency (RF) carrier signal to generate an RF
modulated signal that is more suitable for transmission over a wireless channel. For a MIMO
system, up to NT RF modulated signals may be generated and
Related Application This application is a divisional of Canadian National Phase Application Serial No. 2,501,634 filed October 24, 2003.
BACKGROUND
I. Field [1002] The present invention relates generally to data communication, and more specifically to pilots suitable for use in multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) communication systems.
II. Background [1003] A MIMO system employs multiple (NT) transmit antennas and multiple (NR) receive antennas for data transmission. A MIMO channel formed by the NT
transmit and NR receive antennas may be decomposed into Ns independent channels, which are also referred to as eigenmodes, where Ns 5 min {NT, NR}.
Each of the Ns independent channels corresponds to a dimension. The MIMO system can provide improved performance (e. g., increased transmission capacity and/or greater reliability) if the additional dimensionalities created by the multiple transmit and receive antennas are utilized.
[1004] In a wireless communication system, data to be transmitted is first modulated onto a radio frequency (RF) carrier signal to generate an RF
modulated signal that is more suitable for transmission over a wireless channel. For a MIMO
system, up to NT RF modulated signals may be generated and
2 transmitted simultaneously from the NT transmit antennas. The transmitted RF
modulated signals may reach the NR receive antennas via a number of propagation paths in the wireless channel. The characteristics of the propagation paths typically vary over time due to a number of factors such as, for example, fading, multipath, and external interference. Consequently, the transmitted RF modulated signals may experience different channel conditions (e.g., different fading and multipath effects) and may be associated with different complex gains and signal-to-noise ratios (SNRs).
[1005] To achieve high performance, it is often necessary to characterize the response of the wireless channel. For example, the channel response may be needed by the transmitter to perform spatial processing (described below) for data transmission to the receiver. The channel response may also be needed by the receiver to perform spatial processing on the received signals to recover the transmitted data.
[1006] In many wireless communication systems, a pilot is transmitted by the transmitter to assist the receiver in performing a number of functions. The pilot is typically generated based on known symbols and processed in a known manner. The pilot may be used by the receiver for channel estimation, timing and frequency acquisition, data demodulation, and so on.
[1007] Various challenges are encountered in the design of a pilot structure for a MIMO system. As one consideration, the pilot structure needs to address the additional dimensionalities created by the multiple transmit and multiple receive antennas. As another consideration, since pilot transmission represents overhead in the MIMO system, it is desirable to minimize pilot transmission to the extent possible. Moreover, if the MIMO system is a multiple-access system that supports communication with multiple users, then the pilot structure needs to be designed such that the pilots needed to support the multiple users do not consume a large portion of the available system resources.
[1008] There is therefore a need in the art for pilots for MIMO systems that address the above considerations.
modulated signals may reach the NR receive antennas via a number of propagation paths in the wireless channel. The characteristics of the propagation paths typically vary over time due to a number of factors such as, for example, fading, multipath, and external interference. Consequently, the transmitted RF modulated signals may experience different channel conditions (e.g., different fading and multipath effects) and may be associated with different complex gains and signal-to-noise ratios (SNRs).
[1005] To achieve high performance, it is often necessary to characterize the response of the wireless channel. For example, the channel response may be needed by the transmitter to perform spatial processing (described below) for data transmission to the receiver. The channel response may also be needed by the receiver to perform spatial processing on the received signals to recover the transmitted data.
[1006] In many wireless communication systems, a pilot is transmitted by the transmitter to assist the receiver in performing a number of functions. The pilot is typically generated based on known symbols and processed in a known manner. The pilot may be used by the receiver for channel estimation, timing and frequency acquisition, data demodulation, and so on.
[1007] Various challenges are encountered in the design of a pilot structure for a MIMO system. As one consideration, the pilot structure needs to address the additional dimensionalities created by the multiple transmit and multiple receive antennas. As another consideration, since pilot transmission represents overhead in the MIMO system, it is desirable to minimize pilot transmission to the extent possible. Moreover, if the MIMO system is a multiple-access system that supports communication with multiple users, then the pilot structure needs to be designed such that the pilots needed to support the multiple users do not consume a large portion of the available system resources.
[1008] There is therefore a need in the art for pilots for MIMO systems that address the above considerations.
3 SUMMARY
[1009] Pilots suitable for use in MIMO systems are provided herein. These pilots can support various functions that may be needed for proper system operation, such as timing and frequency acquisition, channel estimation, calibration, and so on. The pilots may be considered as being of different types that are designed and used for different functions.
[1010] The various types of pilot may include: a beacon pilot, a MIMO pilot, a steered reference or steered pilot, and a carrier pilot. The beacon pilot is transmitted from all transmit antennas and may be used for timing and frequency acquisition. The MIMO pilot is also transmitted from all transmit antennas but is covered with different orthogonal codes assigned to the transmit antennas. The MIMO pilot may be used for channel estimation. The steered reference is transmitted on specific eigenmodes of a MIMO channel and is user terminal specific. The steered reference may be used for channel estimation and possibly rate control. The carrier pilot may be transmitted on certain designated subbands/antennas and may be used for phase tracking of a carrier signal.
[1011] Various pilot transmission schemes may be devised based on = different combinations of these various types of pilot. For example, on the downlink, an access point may transmit a beacon pilot, a MIMO pilot, and a =
carrier pilot for all user terminals within its coverage area and may optionally transmit a steered reference to any active user terminal that is receiving a downlink transmission from the access point. On the uplink, a user terminal may transmit a MIMO pilot for calibration and may transmit a steered reference and a carrier pilot when scheduled (e.g., for downlink and/or .uplink data transmissions). The processing to transmit and receive these various types of pilot is described in further detail below.
3a According to one aspect of the present invention, there is provided in a wireless multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) communication system utilizing orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM), a method of generating a MIMO
pilot comprised of a plurality of orthogonal pilots suitable for transmission from a plurality of antennas, the method comprising: obtaining a set of pilot symbols for each antenna in the plurality of antennas, wherein the set of pilot symbols is designated for transmission on a set of subbands and selected to minimize peak-to-average variation in a waveform generated based on the pilot symbols; obtaining an orthogonal sequence for each antenna in the plurality of antennas, wherein the plurality of antennas are assigned different orthogonal sequences; and covering the set of pilot symbols for each antenna with the orthogonal sequence for the antenna to obtain a set of sequences of covered pilot symbols for the antenna; and processing the set of sequences of covered pilot symbols for each antenna to obtain a sequence of OFDM symbols for the antenna, wherein a plurality of sequences of OFDM
symbols for the plurality of orthogonal pilots are obtained for the plurality of antennas.
According to another aspect of the present invention, there is provided a computer-program product for generating a MIMO pilot comprised of a plurality of orthogonal pilots suitable for transmission from a plurality of antennas comprising a memory having one or more software modules stored thereon, the one or more software modules comprising instructions for execution by one or more processors, the instructions comprising: code for obtaining a set of pilot symbols for each antenna in the plurality of antennas, wherein the set of pilot symbols is designated for transmission on a set of subbands and selected to minimize peak-to-average variation in a waveform generated based on the pilot symbols; code for obtaining an orthogonal sequence for each antenna in the plurality of antennas, wherein the plurality of antennas are assigned different orthogonal sequences; code for covering the set of pilot symbols for each antenna with the orthogonal sequence for the antenna to obtain a set of sequences of covered pilot symbols for the antenna;
and code for processing the set of sequences of covered pilot symbols for each antenna to obtain a sequence of OFDM symbols for the antenna, wherein a plurality of 3b sequences of OFDM symbols for the plurality of orthogonal pilots are obtained for the plurality of antennas.
According to still another aspect of the present invention, there is provided an apparatus in a wireless multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) communication system utilizing orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM), the apparatus for generating a MIMO pilot comprised of a plurality of orthogonal pilots suitable for transmission from a plurality of antennas, the apparatus comprising:
means for obtaining a set of pilot symbols for each antenna in the plurality of antennas, wherein the set of pilot symbols is designated for transmission on a set of subbands and selected to have small peak-to-average variation in a waveform generated based on the pilot symbols; means for obtaining an orthogonal sequence for each antenna in the plurality of antennas, wherein the plurality of antennas are assigned different orthogonal sequences; and covering the set of pilot symbols for each antenna with the orthogonal sequence for the antenna to obtain a set of sequences of covered pilot symbols for the antenna; and means for processing the set of sequences of covered pilot symbols for each antenna to obtain a sequence of OFDM symbols for the antenna, wherein a plurality of sequences of OFDM symbols for the plurality of orthogonal pilots are obtained for the plurality of antennas.
[1012] Various aspects and embodiments of the invention are also described in further detail below.
[1009] Pilots suitable for use in MIMO systems are provided herein. These pilots can support various functions that may be needed for proper system operation, such as timing and frequency acquisition, channel estimation, calibration, and so on. The pilots may be considered as being of different types that are designed and used for different functions.
[1010] The various types of pilot may include: a beacon pilot, a MIMO pilot, a steered reference or steered pilot, and a carrier pilot. The beacon pilot is transmitted from all transmit antennas and may be used for timing and frequency acquisition. The MIMO pilot is also transmitted from all transmit antennas but is covered with different orthogonal codes assigned to the transmit antennas. The MIMO pilot may be used for channel estimation. The steered reference is transmitted on specific eigenmodes of a MIMO channel and is user terminal specific. The steered reference may be used for channel estimation and possibly rate control. The carrier pilot may be transmitted on certain designated subbands/antennas and may be used for phase tracking of a carrier signal.
[1011] Various pilot transmission schemes may be devised based on = different combinations of these various types of pilot. For example, on the downlink, an access point may transmit a beacon pilot, a MIMO pilot, and a =
carrier pilot for all user terminals within its coverage area and may optionally transmit a steered reference to any active user terminal that is receiving a downlink transmission from the access point. On the uplink, a user terminal may transmit a MIMO pilot for calibration and may transmit a steered reference and a carrier pilot when scheduled (e.g., for downlink and/or .uplink data transmissions). The processing to transmit and receive these various types of pilot is described in further detail below.
3a According to one aspect of the present invention, there is provided in a wireless multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) communication system utilizing orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM), a method of generating a MIMO
pilot comprised of a plurality of orthogonal pilots suitable for transmission from a plurality of antennas, the method comprising: obtaining a set of pilot symbols for each antenna in the plurality of antennas, wherein the set of pilot symbols is designated for transmission on a set of subbands and selected to minimize peak-to-average variation in a waveform generated based on the pilot symbols; obtaining an orthogonal sequence for each antenna in the plurality of antennas, wherein the plurality of antennas are assigned different orthogonal sequences; and covering the set of pilot symbols for each antenna with the orthogonal sequence for the antenna to obtain a set of sequences of covered pilot symbols for the antenna; and processing the set of sequences of covered pilot symbols for each antenna to obtain a sequence of OFDM symbols for the antenna, wherein a plurality of sequences of OFDM
symbols for the plurality of orthogonal pilots are obtained for the plurality of antennas.
According to another aspect of the present invention, there is provided a computer-program product for generating a MIMO pilot comprised of a plurality of orthogonal pilots suitable for transmission from a plurality of antennas comprising a memory having one or more software modules stored thereon, the one or more software modules comprising instructions for execution by one or more processors, the instructions comprising: code for obtaining a set of pilot symbols for each antenna in the plurality of antennas, wherein the set of pilot symbols is designated for transmission on a set of subbands and selected to minimize peak-to-average variation in a waveform generated based on the pilot symbols; code for obtaining an orthogonal sequence for each antenna in the plurality of antennas, wherein the plurality of antennas are assigned different orthogonal sequences; code for covering the set of pilot symbols for each antenna with the orthogonal sequence for the antenna to obtain a set of sequences of covered pilot symbols for the antenna;
and code for processing the set of sequences of covered pilot symbols for each antenna to obtain a sequence of OFDM symbols for the antenna, wherein a plurality of 3b sequences of OFDM symbols for the plurality of orthogonal pilots are obtained for the plurality of antennas.
According to still another aspect of the present invention, there is provided an apparatus in a wireless multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) communication system utilizing orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM), the apparatus for generating a MIMO pilot comprised of a plurality of orthogonal pilots suitable for transmission from a plurality of antennas, the apparatus comprising:
means for obtaining a set of pilot symbols for each antenna in the plurality of antennas, wherein the set of pilot symbols is designated for transmission on a set of subbands and selected to have small peak-to-average variation in a waveform generated based on the pilot symbols; means for obtaining an orthogonal sequence for each antenna in the plurality of antennas, wherein the plurality of antennas are assigned different orthogonal sequences; and covering the set of pilot symbols for each antenna with the orthogonal sequence for the antenna to obtain a set of sequences of covered pilot symbols for the antenna; and means for processing the set of sequences of covered pilot symbols for each antenna to obtain a sequence of OFDM symbols for the antenna, wherein a plurality of sequences of OFDM symbols for the plurality of orthogonal pilots are obtained for the plurality of antennas.
[1012] Various aspects and embodiments of the invention are also described in further detail below.
4 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[1013] The features and nature of the present invention will become more apparent from the detailed description set forth below when taken in conjunction with the drawings in which like reference characters identify correspondingly throughout and wherein:
[1014] FIG. 1 shows a multiple-access MIMO system;
[1015] FIG. 2 shows an exemplary frame structure for data transmission in a =
TOO MIMO-OFDM system;
[1016] FIG. 3 shows downlink and uplink pilot transmissions for an exemplary pilot transmission scheme;
[1017] FIG. 4 shows a block diagram of an access point and a user terminal;
[1018] FIG. 5 shows a block diagram of a TX spatial processor that can generate a beacon pilot;
[1019] FIG. 6A shows a block diagram of a TX spatial processor that can generate a MIMO pilot;
[1020] FIG. 6B shows a block diagram of an RX spatial processor that can provide a channel response estimate based on a received MIMO pilot;
[1021] FIG. 7A shows a block diagram of a TX spatial processor that can generate a steered reference; and [1022] FIG. 7B shows a block diagram of an RX spatial processor that can provide a channel response estimate based on a received steered reference.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
=
[1023] The word "exemplary" is used herein to mean "serving as an example, instance, or illustration." Any embodiment or design described herein as "exemplary" is not necessarily to be construed as preferred or advantageous over other embodiments or designs.
[1024] FIG. 1 shows a multiple-access MIMO system 100 that supports a number of users and is capable of implementing the pilots described herein.
MIMO system 100 includes a number of access points (APs) 110 that support communication for a number of user terminals (UTs) 120. For simplicity, only two access points 110a and 110b are shown in FIG. 1. An access point is generally a fixed station that is used for communicating with the user terminals.
An access point may also be referred to as a base station or using some other terminology.
[1025] User terminals 120 may be dispersed throughout the system. Each user terminal may be a fixed or mobile terminal that can communicate with the access point. A user terminal may also be referred to as an access terminal, a mobile station, a remote station, a user equipment (UE), a wireless device, or some other terminology. Each user terminal may communicate with one or possibly multiple access points on the downlink and/or uplink at any given moment. The downlink (i.e., forward link) refers to transmission from the access point to the user terminal, and the uplink (i.e., reverse link) refers to transmission from the user terminal to the access point. As used herein, an "active" user terminal is one that is receiving a downlink transmission from an access point and/or transmitting an uplink transmission to the access point.
[1026] In FIG. 1, access point 110a communicates with user terminals 120a through 120f, and access point 110b communicates with user terminals 120f through 120k. The assignment of user terminals to access points is typically based on received signal strength and not distance. At any given moment, a user terminal may receive downlink transmission from one or multiple access points. A system controller 130 couples to access points 110 and may be designed to perform a number of functions such as (1) coordination and control for the access points coupled to it, (2) routing of data among these access points, and (3) access and control of communication with the user terminals served by these access points.
I. Pilots [1027] Pilots suitable for use in MIMO systems, such as the one shown in FIG. 1, are provided herein. These pilots can support various functions that may be needed for proper system operation, such as timing and frequency acquisition, channel estimation, calibration, and so on. The pilots may be considered as being of different types that are designed and used for different functions. Table 1 lists four types of pilot and their short description for an exemplary pilot design. Fewer, different, and/or additional pilot types may also be defined, and this is within the scope of the invention.
Table 1 - Pilot Types Pilot Type Description Beacon Pilot A pilot transmitted from all transmit antennas and used for timing and frequency acquisition.
MIMO Pilot A pilot transmitted from all transmit antennas with different orthogonal codes and used for channel estimation.
Steered A pilot transmitted on specific eigenmodes of a MIMO
Reference or channel for a specific user terminal and used for channel Steered Pilot estimation and possibly rate control.
Carrier Pilot A pilot used for phase tracking of a carrier signal.
Steered reference and steered pilot are synonymous terms.
[1028] Various pilot transmission schemes may be devised based on any combination of these various types of pilot. For example, on the downlink, an access point may transmit a beacon pilot, a MIMO pilot, and a carrier pilot for all user terminals within its coverage area and may optionally transmit a steered reference to any active user terminal that is receiving a downlink transmission from the access point. On the uplink, a user terminal may transmit a MIMO
pilot for calibration and may transmit a steered reference and a carrier pilot when scheduled (e.g., for downlink and/or uplink data transmissions). The processing to transmit and receive these various types of pilot is described in further detail below.
[1029] The pilots described herein may be used for various types of MIMO
systems. For example, the pilots may be used for (1) single-carrier MIMO
systems, (2) multi-carrier MIMO systems that employ orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) or some other multi-carrier modulation technique, (3) AMMO systems that implement multiple-access techniques such as frequency division multiple-access (FDMA), time division multiple-access (TDMA), and code division multiple-access (CDMA), (4) MIMO systems that implement frequency division multiplexing (FDM), time division multiplexing (TDM), and/or code division multiplexing (CDM) for data transmission, (5) MIMO
systems that implement time division duplexing (TDD), frequency division duplexing (FDD), and/or code division duplexing (CDD) for the downlink and uplink channels, and (6) other types of MIMO systems. For clarity, the pilots are described below first for a MIMO system that implements OFDM (i.e., a MIMO-OFDM system) and then for a TDD MIMO-OFDM system.
[1030] OFDM effectively partitions the overall system bandwidth into a number of (NF) orthogonal subbands, which are also referred to as tones, frequency bins, or frequency subchannels. With OFDM, each subband is associated with a respective subcarrier upon which data may be modulated.
For a MIMO-OFDM system, each subband may be associated with a number of eigenrnodes, and each eigenmode of each subband may be viewed as an independent transmission channel.
[1031] For clarity, a specific pilot structure is described below for an exemplary MIMO-OFDM system. In this MIMO-OFDM system, the system bandwidth is partitioned into 64 orthogonal subbands (i.e., NF = 64), which are assigned indices of ¨32 to +31. Of these 64 subbands, 48 subbands (e.g., with indices of {1, ..., 6, 8, ..., 20, 22, ... , 26)) may be used for data transmission, 4 subbands (e.g., with indices of {7, 21}) may be used for a carrier pilot and possibly signaling, the DC subband (with index of 0) is not used, and the remaining subbands are also not used and serve as guard subbands. Thus, of the 64 total subbands, the 52 "usable" subbands include the 48 data subbands and 4 pilot subbands, and the remaining 12 subbands are not used. This OFDM subband structure is described in further detail in the aforementioned provisional U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 60/421,309. Different number of subbands and other OFDM subband structures may also be implemented for =
the MIMO-OFDM system, and this is within the scope of the invention.
[1032] For OFDM, the data to be transmitted on each usable subband is first modulated (i.e., symbol mapped) using a particular modulation scheme (e.g., BPSK, QPSK, or M-QAM) selected for use for that subband. One modulation symbol may be transmitted on each usable subband in each symbol period.
Each modulation symbol is a complex value for a specific point in a signal constellation corresponding to the selected modulation scheme. Signal values of zero may be sent on the unused subbands. For each OFDM symbol period, the modulation symbols for the usable subbands and zero signal values for the unused subbands (i.e., the modulation symbols and zeros for all NF subbands) are transformed to the time domain using an inverse fast Fourier transform (IFFT) to obtain a transformed symbol that comprises NF time-domain samples.
To combat inter-symbol interference (181), a portion of each transformed symbol is often repeated (which is also referred to as adding a cyclic prefix) to form a ' corresponding OFDM symbol, which is then transmitted over the wireless channel. An OFDM symbol period, which is also referred to herein as a symbol period, corresponds to the duration of one OFDM symbol.
1. Beacon Pilot [1033] The beacon pilot includes a specific set of pilot symbols that is transmitted from each of the NT transmit antennas. The same set of pilot symbols is transmitted for NB symbol periods designated for beacon pilot transmission. In general, NB may be any integer value of one or greater.
[1034] In an exemplary embodiment, the set of pilot symbols for the beacon pilot is a set of 12 BPSK modulation symbols for 12 specific subbands, which is referred to as a "B" OFDM symbol. The 12 BPSK modulation symbols for the B
OFDM symbol are given in Table 2. Signal values of zeros are transmitted on the remaining 52 unused subbands.
[1035]
Table 2 - Pilot Symbols Sub. Beacon MIMO sub. Beacon MIMO sub. Beacon MIMO sub. Beacon MIMO
band Pilot Pilot band Pilot Pilot band Pilot Pilot band Pilot Pilot Index b(k) p(k) Index b(k) p(k) Index b(k) p(k) Index b(k) p(k) 0 0:430 1-j 0 1- j 1 0 1+j .26 o -1-j -i-j 1-j 2 o -1-] 1+] -1+]
25 0 -1-Ej o -1-j 3 o -1-j 112t- o -1+j -24 1+j -i+j o -1-j -1-j -1-j 18 0 1-j o o 1-f ; 5. o -14-] 19 o i+j o l-j -1-j -1-j 0 1+j .=,0 i+j 21= 0 1-j -7, , 0 1+j 7- 0 -1-j -^ 0 1+j µ,.='-'202;. -1-j 1+j :,):6 ;,"`.. 0 -1+j 3;-.f%1 -1-j -1+j 22_ o -i+i -1 o -1-j -5 o -1-j o -1-j 0 1+ j -10 0 -1+j -4 1+1 -1+j :10 0 -1-j 24 i+j -1+j -17 o 1+1 o -1+j 11 o 1+j `.,*' 0 1-j '1.:16 1+j -1+j 2 0 1-j 12 1+j 1-j 26_ 0 -1-j 15,.- 0 1-j 0 -1+] :14 0 -1+jH 0 0 -0 1+j *.0 0 0 0 -1-j [1036] For the exemplary embodiment and as shown in Table 2, for the beacon pilot, the BPSK modulation symbol (1+ j) is transmitted in subbands -24, -16, -4, 12, 16, 20, and 24, and the BPSK modulation symbol ¨(1+j) is transmitted in subbands -20, -12, -8, 4, and 8. Zero signal values are transmitted on the remaining 52 subbands for the beacon pilot.
[1037] The B OFDM symbol is designed to facilitate system timing and frequency acquisition by the user terminals. For the exemplary embodiment of .
the B OFDM symbol described above, only 12 of the 64 total subbands are used, and these subbands are spaced apart by four subbands. This 4-subband spacing allows the user terminal to have an initial frequency error of up to two subbands. The beacon pilot allows the user terminal to correct for its initial coarse frequency error, and to correct its frequency so that the phase drift over the duration of the beacon pilot is small (e.g., less than 45 degrees over the beacon pilot duration at a sample rate of 20 MHz). If the beacon pilot duration is 8 sec, then the 45 degrees (or less) of phase drift over 8 sec is equal to 360 degrees over 64 sec, which is approximately 16 kHz.
[1038] The 16 kHz frequency error is typically too large for operation.
Additional frequency correction may be obtained using the MIMO pilot and the carrier pilot. These pilots span a long enough time duration that the user terminal frequency can be corrected to within the desired target (e.g., 250 Hz).
For example, if a TDD frame is 2 msec (as described below) and if the user terminal frequency is accurate to within 250Hz, then there will be less than half a cycle of phase change over one TDD frame. The phase difference from TDD
frame to TDD frame of the beacon pilot may be used to lock the frequency of the user terminal to the clock at the access point, thereby effectively reducing the frequency error to zero.
[1039] In general, the set of pilot symbols used for the beacon pilot may be derived using any modulation scheme. Thus, other OFDM symbols derived using BPSK or some other modulation scheme may also be used for the beacon pilot, and this is within the scope of the invention.
[1040] In an exemplary design, four transmit antennas are available for beacon pilot transmission. Table 4 lists the OFDM symbols to be transmitted from each of the four transmit antennas for a beacon pilot transmission that spans two symbol periods.
Table 3 - Beacon Pilot Symbol Antenna 1 Antenna 2 Antenna 3 Antenna 4 Period 2. MIMO Pilot =
[1041] The MIMO pilot includes a specific set of pilot symbols that is transmitted from each of the NT transmit antennas. For each transmit antenna, the same set of pilot symbols is transmitted for Np symbol periods designated for MIMO pilot transmission. However, the set of pilot symbols for each transmit antenna is "covered" with a unique orthogonal sequence or code assigned to that antenna. Covering is a process whereby a given pilot or data symbol (or a set of L pilot/data symbols with the same value) to be transmitted is multiplied by all L chips of an L-chip orthogonal sequence to obtain L covered symbols, which are then transmitted. Decovering is a complementary process whereby received symbols are multiplied by the L chips of the same L-chip orthogonal sequence to obtain L decovered symbols, which are then accumulated to obtain an estimate of the transmitted pilot or data symbol. The covering achieves orthogonality among the NT pilot transmissions from the Nr transmit antennas and allows a receiver to distinguish the individual transmit antennas, as described below. The duration of the MIMO pilot transmission may be dependent on its use, as described below. In general, Np may be any integer value of one or greater.
[1042] One set or different sets of pilot symbols may be used for the NT
transmit antennas. In an exemplary embodiment, one set of pilot symbols is used for all NT transmit antennas for the MIMO pilot and this set includes 52 QPSK modulation symbols for the 52 usable subbands, which is referred to as a "P" OFDM symbol. The 52 QPSK modulation symbols for the P OFDM symbol are given in Table 2. Signal values of zero are transmitted on the remaining unused subbands.
[1043] The 52 QPSK modulation symbols form a unique "word" that is designed to facilitate channel estimation by the user terminals. This unique word is selected to have a minimum peak-to-average variation in a waveform generated based on these 52 modulation symbols.
[1044] It is well known that OFDM is generally associated with higher peak-to-average variation in the transmitted waveform than for some other modulation technique (e.g., COMA). As a result, to avoid clipping of circuitry (e.g., power amplifier) in the transmit chain, OFDM symbols are typically transmitted at a reduced power level, i.e., backed off from the peak transmit power level. The back-off is used to account for variations in the waveform for these OFDM symbols. By minimizing the peak-to-average variation in the waveform for the P OFDM symbol, the MIMO pilot may be transmitted at a higher power level (i.e., a smaller back-off may be applied for the MIMO
p(lot).
The higher transmit power for the MIMO pilot would then result in improved received signal quality for the MIMO pilot at the receiver. The smaller peak-to-average variation may also reduce the amount of distortion and non-linearity generated by the circuitry in the transmit and receive chains. These various factors may result in improved accuracy for a channel estimate obtained based on the MIMO pilot.
[1045] An OFDM symbol with minimum peak-to-average variation may be obtained in various manners. For example, a random search may be performed in which a large number of sets of pilot symbols are randomly formed and evaluated to find the set that has the minimum peak-to-average variation. The P OFDM symbol shown in Table 2 represents an exemplary OFDM symbol that = may be used for the MIMO pilot. In general, the set of pilot symbols used for the MIMO pilot may be derived using any modulation scheme. Thus, various other OFDM symbols derived using QPSK or some other modulation scheme may also be used for the MIMO pilot, and this is within the scope of the invention.
[1046] Various orthogonal codes may be used to cover the P OFDM symbols sent on the NT transmit antennas. Examples of such orthogonal codes include Walsh codes and orthogonal variable spreading factor (OVSF) codes. Pseudo-orthogonal codes and quasi-orthogonal codes may also be used to cover the P
OFDM symbols. An example of a pseudo-orthogonal code is the M-sequence that is well known in the art. An example of a quasi-orthogonal code is the quasi-orthogonal function (QOF) defined by IS-2000. In general, various types of codes may be used for covering, some of which are noted above. For simplicity, the term "orthogonal code" is used herein to generically refer to any type of code suitable for use for covering pilot symbols. The length (L) of the orthogonal code is selected to be greater than or equal to the number of transmit antennas (e.g., L ?_. ), and L
orthogonal codes are available for use.
Each transmit antenna is assigned a unique orthogonal code. The Np P OFDM
symbols to be sent in Np symbol periods from each transmit antenna are covered with the orthogonal code assigned to that transmit antenna.
[1047] In an exemplary embodiment, four transmit antennas are available and are assigned 4-chip Walsh sequences of WI =1111, W2 = 1010, W3 = 1100 ' and W4 = 1001 for the MIMO
pilot. For a given Walsh sequence, a value of "1"
indicates that a P OFDM symbol is transmitted and a value of "0" indicates that a -P OFDM symbol is transmitted. For a -P OFDM symbol, each of the 52 QPSK modulation symbols in the P OFDM symbol is inverted (i.e., multiplied with -1). The result of the covering for each transmit antenna is a sequence of covered P OFDM symbols for that transmit antenna. The covering is in effect performed separately for each of the subbands to generate a sequence of covered pilot symbols for that subband. The sequences of covered pilot symbols for all subbands form the sequence of covered P OFDM symbols.
[1048] Table 4 lists the OFDM symbols to be transmitted from each of the four transmit antennas for a MIMO pilot transmission that spans four symbol periods.
Table 4 - MIMO Pilot Symbol Antenna 1 Antenna 2 Antenna 3 Antenna 4 Period 1 +P +P +P +P
2 +P -P +P -P
3 +P +P -P -P
4 +P -P -P +P
For this set of 4-chip Walsh sequences, the MIMO pilot transmission can occur in an integer multiple of four symbol periods to ensure orthogonality among the four pilot transmissions from the four transmit antennas. The Walsh sequence is simply repeated for a MIMO pilot transmission that is longer than the length of the Walsh sequence.
[1049] The wireless channel for the MIMO-OFDM system may be characterized by a set of channel response matrices H(k), for subband index k e K, where K = {1 ... 26} for the exemplary subband structure described above. The matrix H(k) for each subband includes NTN, values, {11/41(k)}, for iE {1 ... NR} and je ... NT}, where h, (k)represents the channel gain between the j-th transmit antenna and the i-th receive antenna.
[1050] The MIMO pilot may be used by the receiver to estimate the response of the wireless channel. In particular, to recover the pilot sent from transmit antenna j and received by receive antenna i, the received OFDM symbols on antenna i are first multiplied with the Walsh sequence assigned to transmit antenna j. The "decovered" OFDM symbols for all Np symbol periods for the MIMO pilot are then accumulated, where the accumulation may be performed individually for each of the 52 usable subbands. The accumulation may also be performed in the time domain on the received OFDM symbols (after removing the cyclic prefix in each OFDM symbol). The accumulation is performed on a sample-by-sample basis over multiple received OFDM symbols, where the samples for each OFDM symbol correspond to different subbands if the accumulation is performed after the FFT and to different time indices if the accumulation is performed prior to the FFT. The result of the accumulation is , for k e K, which are estimates of the channel response from transmit antenna j to receive antenna i for the 52 usable subbands. The same processing may be performed to estimate the channel response from each transmit antenna to each receive antenna. The pilot processing provides NTNR
complex values for each subband, where the complex values are elements of the matrix il(k) for the channel response estimate for that subband.
=
[1051] The pilot processing described above may be performed by the access point to obtain the channel response estimate ii.,(k) for the uplink, and may also be performed by the user terminal to obtain the channel response estimate (k) for the downlink.
3. Steered Reference or Steered Pilot [1052] For a MIMO-OFDM system, the channel response matrix H(k) for each subband may be "diagonalized" to obtain the Ns eigenmodes for that subband, where Ns lc. min{NT, NJ. This may be achieved by performing either singular value decomposition on the channel response matrix II(k) or eigenvalue decomposition on the correlation matrix of 11(k), which is R(k)=HH (k)H(k) . For clarity, singular value decomposition is used for the following description.
[1053] The singular value decomposition of the channel response matrix H(k) may be expressed as:
= H(k)=U(k)E(k)VH (k) , for k E K, Eq (1) where U(k) is an (NR xNR) unitary matrix of left eigenvectors of H(k);
E(k) is an (NR x NT) diagonal matrix of singular values of II(k);
V (k) is an (NT x NT) unitary matrix of right eigenvectors of 11(k); and "H" denotes the conjugate transpose.
A unitary matrix M is characterized by the property MHM = I , where I is the = identity matrix.
[1054] Singular value decomposition is described in further detail by Gilbert Strang in a book entitled "Linear Algebra and Its Applications," Second Edition, Academic Press, 1980. An eigenmode normally refers to a theoretical construct. The MIMO channel may also be viewed as including Ns spatial channels that may be used for data/pilot transmission. Each spatial channel may or may not correspond to an eigenmode, depending on whether or not the spatial processing at the transmitter was successful in diagonalizing the MIMO
channel. For example, data streams are transmitted on spatial channels (and not eigenmodes) of a MIMO channel if the transmitter has no knowledge or an imperfect estimate of the MIMO channel. For simplicity, the term "eigenmode"
is also used herein to denote the case where an attempt is made to diagonalize the MIMO channel, even though it may not be fully successful due to, for example, an imperfect channel estimate.
[1055] The diagonal matrix E(k) for each subband contains non-negative real values along the diagonal and zeros everywhere else. These diagonal entries are referred to as the singular values of H(k) and represent the gains for the independent channels (or eigenmodes) of the MIMO channel for the k-th subband.
[1056] The eigenvalue decomposition may be performed independently for the channel response matrix II(k) for each of the 52 usable subbands to determine the Ns eigenmodes for the subband. The singular values for each diagonal matrix E(k) may be ordered such that fcri(k).?. 0.2(k) (k) , where (71(k) is the largest singular value, o2(k) is the second largest singular value, and so on, and crN Jk) is the smallest singular value for the k-th subband. When the singular values for each diagonal matrix E(k) are ordered, the eigenvectors (or columns) of the associated matrices U(k) and V(k) are also ordered correspondingly. After the ordering, 49-1(k) represents the singular value for the best eigenmode for subband k, which is also often referred to as the "principal" eigenmode.
[1057] A "wideband" eigenmode may be defined as the set of same-order eigenmodes of all subbands after the ordering. Thus, the m-th wideband eigenmode includes the m-th eigenmode of all subbands. Each wideband eigenmode is associated with a respective set of eigenvectors for all of the subbands. The "principal" wideband eigenmode is the one associated with the largest singular value in each matrix t(k) of each subband after the ordering.
[1058] The matrix V(k) includes NT eigenvectors that may be used for spatial processing at the transmitter, where V(k) =[v1(k) v2(k) v (k)] and vn,(k) is the m-th column of V(k) , which is the eigenvector for the m-th eigenmode. For a unitary matrix, the eigenvectors are orthogonal to one another. The eigenvectors are also referred to as "steering" vectors.
[1059] A steered reference (i.e., a steered pilot) comprises one or more sets of pilot symbols that are transmitted from the NT transmit antennas. In an embodiment, one set of pilot symbols is transmitted on one set of subbands for one wideband eigenmode in a given symbol period by performing spatial processing with a set of steering vectors for that wideband eigenmode. In another embodiment, multiple sets of pilot symbols are transmitted on multiple disjoint sets of subbands for multiple wideband eigenmodes in a given symbol period by performing spatial processing with multiple sets of steering vectors for these wideband eigenmodes (using subband multiplexing, which is described below). For clarity, the following description assumes that one set of pilot symbols is transmitted on one wideband eigenmode in a given symbol period (i.e., no subband multiplexing).
[1060] In an embodiment, the set of pilot symbols for the steered reference is the same P OFDM symbol used for the MIMO pilot. However, various other OFDM symbols may also be used for the steered reference, and this is within the scope of the invention.
[1061] A steered reference transmitted for the m-th wideband eigenmode (using beam-forming, which is described below) may be expressed as:
=
xn, (k)= v õ,(k) = p(k) ,for kà K, Eq (2) where x (k) is an (NT x1) transmit vector for the m-th eigenmode of the k-th subband;
v (k) is the steering vector for the m-th eigenmode of the k-th subband;
and p(k) is the pilot symbol for the k-th subband (e.g., as given in Table 2).
The vector L(k) includes NT transmit symbols to be sent from the NT transmit antennas for the k-th subband.
[1062] The steered reference may be used by the receiver to estimate a vector that may be used for spatial processing of both data reception and transmission, as described below. The processing for the steered reference is described in further detail below.
4. Carrier Pilot [1063] The exemplary OFDM subband structure described above includes four pilot subbands with indices of -21, -7, 7, and 21. In an embodiment, a carrier pilot is transmitted on the four pilot subbands in all symbol periods that are not used for some other types of pilot. The carrier pilot may be used by the receiver to track the changes in the phase of an RF carrier signal and drifts in the oscillators at both the transmitter and receiver. This may provide improved data demodulation performance.
[1064] In an embodiment, the carrier pilot comprises four pilot sequences, Pi(n), Pa(n) , Pa(n), and F(n), that are transmitted on the four pilot subbands. In an embodiment, the four pilot sequences are defined as follows:
Pci(n) = Pc2(n) = F3 (n) = ¨Pc4(n) Eq (3) where n is an index for symbol period (or OFDM symbol).
[1065] The pilot sequences may be defined based on various data sequences. In an embodiment, the pilot sequence 1c1(n) is generated based on a polynomial G(x)= +x4 + x , where the initial state is set to all ones and the output bits are mapped to signal values as follows: 1 ¨1 and 0 1. The pilot sequence Pa(n), for n=11, 2, ... 127), may then be expressed as:
Pd(n)= ,-1,1 ,-1,-1,-1,-1,1,1,-1,1,-1,-1,1,1,-1 ,1,1,-1,1 ,1,1,1,1,1,-1,1, 1,1,-1,1,1,-1,-1,1,1,1,-1,1,-1,-1,-1,1,-1,1,-1,-1,1,-1,-1,1,1,1,1,1,-1,-1,1,1, -1,-1,1,-1,1,-1,1,1,-1,-1,-1,1,1,-1,-1,-1,-1,1,-1,-1,1,-1,1,1,1,1,-1,1,-1,1,-1,1, -1,-1,-1,-1,-1,1,-1,1,1,-1,1,-1,1,1,1,-1,-1,1,-1,-1,-1,1,1,1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1, 1).
The values of "1" and "-1" in the pilot sequence Pd(n) may be mapped to pilot symbols using a particular modulation scheme. For example, using BPSK, a "1"
may be mapped to 1+ j and a d-1" may be mapped to ¨(1+ j) . If there are more than 127 OFDM symbols, then the pilot sequence may be repeated so that P1(n) = Pei(n mod 127) for n >127 .
[1066] In one embodiment, the four pilot sequences Pd(n), Pa(n) , Pa(n) , and 44(n) are transmitted on four different subband/antenna pairings. Table 5 shows an exemplary assignment of the four pilot sequences to the four pilot subbands and four transmit antennas.
Table 5 - Carrier Pilot Subband Antenna 1 Antenna 2 Antenna 3 Antenna 4 -21 Pa (2) -7 Pc2(n) 7 Po (fl) Pc4(2) As shown in Table 5, the pilot sequence F1(n) is transmitted on subband -21 of antenna 1, the pilot sequence F2(n) is transmitted on subband -7 of antenna 2, the pilot sequence F3(n) is transmitted on subband 7 of antenna 3, and the pilot sequence F4(n) is transmitted on subband 21 of antenna 4. Each pilot sequence is thus transmitted on a unique subband and a unique antenna. This carrier pilot transmission scheme avoids interference that would result if a pilot sequence is transmitted over multiple transmit antennas on a given subband.
[1067] In another embodiment, the four pilot sequences are transmitted on the principal eigenmode of their assigned subbands. The spatial processing for the carrier pilot symbols is similar to the spatial processing for the steered reference, which is described above and shown in equation (2). To transmit the carrier pilot on the principal eigenmode, the steering vector vi(k) is used for the spatial processing. Thus, the pilot sequence 13,1(n) is spatially processed with the steering vector vi(-26), the pilot sequence Pa(n) is spatially processed with the steering vector v1(-7) , the pilot sequence Pa(n) is spatially processed with the steering vector v1(7) , and the pilot sequence Pa(n) is spatially processed with the steering vector v1(26) .
II. Pilots for Single-Carrier MIMO Systems El 068] The pilots described herein may also be used for single-carrier MIMO
systems that do not employ OFDM. In that case, much of the description above still applies but without the subband index k. For the beacon pilot, a specific pilot modulation symbol b may be transmitted from each of the NT transmit antennas. For the MIMO pilot, a specific pilot modulation symbol p may be covered with NT orthogonal sequences and transmitted from the NT transmit antennas. The pilot symbol b may be the same or different from the pilot symbol p. The steered reference may be transmitted as shown in equation (2).
However, the transmit vector x. , steering vector v. , and pilot symbol p are not functions of subband index k. The carrier pilot may be transmitted in a time division multiplexed manner or may simply be omitted.
[1069] For a MIMO-OFDM system, the cyclic prefix is typically used to ensure orthogonality across the subbands in the presence of delay spread in the system, and the orthogonal codes allow for identification of the individual transmit antennas. For a single-carrier MIMO system, the orthogonal codes are relied upon for both orthogonality and antenna identification. Thus, the orthogonal codes used for covering the pilot symbols in a single-carrier MIMO
system may be selected to have good cross-correlation and peak-to-sidelobe properties (i.e., the correlation between any two orthogonal sequences used for covering is small in the presence of delay spread in the system). An example of such an orthogonal code with good cross-correlation and peak-to-sidelobe = properties is the M-sequence and its time-shifted versions. However, other types of codes may also be used for covering pilot symbols for the single-carrier MIMO system.
[1070] For a wideband single-carrier MIMO system, the steered reference may be transmitted in various manners to account for frequency selective fading (i.e., a frequency response that is not flat across the operating band).
Several schemes for transmitting a steered reference in a wideband single-carrier MIMO
system are described below. In general, a transmitter Can transmit a reference waveform that is processed in the same or similar manner as the processing used to transmit traffic data on specific wideband eigenmodes. The receiver can then in some manner correlate the received waveform against a locally generated copy of the transmitted reference waveform, and extract information about the channel that allows the receiver to estimate a channel matched filter.
[1071] In a first scheme, a transmitter initially obtains a steering vector v m(k) for an eigenmode. The steering vector vi(k) may be obtained by periodically transmitting OFDM pilot symbols, by performing frequency-domain analysis on a received MIMO pilot that has been transmitted without OFDM, or by some other means. For each value of k, where 1 k NF, v (k) is an NT -vector with NT entries for NT transmit antennas. The transmitter then performs an inverse fast Fourier transform on each of the NT vector positions of the steering vector !mV")i with k as the frequency variable in the IFFT computation, to obtain a corresponding time-domain pulse for an associated transmit antenna. Each vector position of the vector vm(k) includes NF values for NF frequency subbands, and the corresponding time-domain pulse is a sequence of NF time-domain values. The terminal then appends a cyclic prefix to this time-domain pulse to obtain a steered reference pulse for the transmit antenna. One set of NT steered reference pulses is generated for each eigenmode and may be transmitted in the same time interval from all N transmit antennas. Multiple sets of pulses may be generated for multiple eigenmodes and may be transmitted in a TDM manner.
[1072] For the first scheme, a receiver samples the received signal to obtain a received vector r .(n) , removes the cyclic prefix, and performs a fast Fourier transform on each vector position of the received vector r (n) to obtain an estimate of a corresponding entry of H(k)v.(k). Each vector position of the received vector r .(n) (after the cyclic prefix removal) includes NF time-domain samples. The receiver then uses the estimate of j(k)V(k) to synthesize a time-domain matched filter that may be used to filter a received data transmission. The time-domain matched filter includes a matched filter pulse for each of the received antennas. The synthesis of the time-domain matched filter is described in commonly assigned U.S. Patent Application Serial No.
10/017,308, entitled "Time-Domain Transmit and Receive Processing with Channel Eigen-mode Decomposition for MIMO Systems," filed December 7, 2001.
[1073] For the first scheme, the transmitter processing for the steered reference in a single-carrier MIMO system is similar to the transmitter processing for the steered reference in a MIMO-OFDM system. However, other transmission after the steered reference is transmitted on a single-carrier waveform, such as the one described in the aforementioned U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 10/017,308. Moreover, the receiver uses the steered reference to synthesize time domain matched filters, as described above.
[1074] in a second scheme, a transmitter isolates a single multipath component for the wideband channel. This may be achieved, for example, by searching a received MIMO pilot with a sliding correiator in similar manner as often performed in CDMA systems to search for multipath components. The transmitter then treats this multipath component as a narrowband channel and obtains a single steering vector vm for the multipath component for each eigenmode. Again, multiple steering vectors may be generated for multiple eigenmodes for this multipath component.
III. Pilot Structure for a TDD MIMO-OFDM System [1075] The pilots described herein may be used for various MIMO and MIMO-OFDM systems. These pilots may be used for systems that use a common or separate frequency bands for the downlink and uplink. For clarity, an exemplary pilot structure for an exemplary MIMO-OFDM system is described below. For this MIMO-OFDM system, the downlink and uplink are time-division duplexed (TDD) on a single frequency band.
[1076] FIG. 2 shows an embodiment of a frame structure 200 that may be used for a TDD MIMO-OFDM system. Data transmission occurs in units of TDD
frames, each of which spans a particular time duration (e.g., 2 msec). Each TDD frame is partitioned into a downlink phase and an uplink phase. The downlink phase is further partitioned into multiple segments for multiple downlink transport channels. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, the downlink transport channels include a broadcast channel (BCH), a forward control channel (FCCH), and a forward channel (FCH). Similarly, the uplink phase is partitioned into multiple segments for multiple uplink transport channels. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, the uplink transport channels include a reverse channel (RCH) and a random access channel (RACH).
[1077] On the downlink, a BCH segment 210 is used to transmit one BCH
protocol data unit (PDU) 212, which includes a portion 214 for a beacon pilot, a portion 216 for a MIMO pilot, and a portion 218 for a BCH message. The BCH
message carries system parameters for the user terminals in the system. An FCCH segment 220 is used to transmit one FCCH PDU, which carries assignments for downlink and uplink resources and other signaling for the user terminals. An FCH segment 230 is used to transmit one or more FCH PDUs 232. Different types of FCH PDU may be defined. For example, an FCH PDU
232a includes a portion 234a for a pilot and a portion 236a for a data packet.
An FCH PDU 232b includes a single portion 236b for a data packet. An FCH
PDU 232c includes a single portion 234c for a pilot.
[1078] On the uplink, an RCH segment 240 is used to transmit one or more RCH PDUs 242 on the uplink. Different types of RCH PDU may also be defined. For example, an RCH PDU 242a includes a single portion 246a for a data packet. An RCH PDU 242h includes a portion 244b for a pilot and a portion 246b for a data packet. An RCH PDU 242c includes a single portion 244c for a pilot. An RACH segment 250 is used by the user terminals to gain access to the system and to send short messages on the uplink. An RACH
PDU 252 may be sent within RACH segment 250 and includes a portion 254 for a pilot and a portion 256 for a message.
[1079] For the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, the beacon and MIMO pilots are sent on the downlink in each TDD frame in the BCH segment. A pilot may or may not be sent in any given FCH/RCH PDU. If the pilot is sent, then it may span all or only a portion of the PDU, as shown in FIG. 2. A pilot is sent in an RACH PDU to allow the access point to estimate pertinent vectors during access. The pilot portion is also referred to as a "preamble". The pilot that is sent in any given FCH/RCH PDU may be a steered reference or a MIMO pilot, depending on the purpose for which the pilot is used. The pilot sent in an RACH PDU is typically a steered reference, although a MIMO pilot may also be sent instead. The carrier pilot is transmitted on the pilot subbands and in the portions that are not used for other pilot 'transmissions. The carrier pilot is not shown in FIG. 2 for simplicity. The durations of the various portions in FIG.
are not drawn to scale.
[1080] The frame structure and transport channels shown in FIG. 2 are described in detail in the aforementioned provisional U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 60/421,309.
1. Calibration [1081] For a TDD MIMO-OFDM system with a shared frequency band, the downlink and uplink channel responses may be assumed to be reciprocal of one another. That is, if H(k) represents a channel response matrix from antenna array A to antenna array B for subband k, then a reciprocal channel implies that the coupling from array B to array A is given by HT (k) , where TIT denotes the transpose of H. For the TOO MIMO-OFDM system, the reciprocal channel characteristics can be exploited to simplify the channel estimation and spatial processing at both the transmitter and receiver.
El 082] However, the frequency responses of the transmit and receive chains at the access point are typically different from the frequency responses of the transmit and receive chains at the user terminal. An "effective" downlink channel response, IL. (k) , and an "effective" uplink channel response, Hup(k) , which include the responses of the applicable transmit and receive chains, may be expressed as:
He,, (k) =Rõ,(k)H(k)T ap(k) , for k E K, and Eq (4) , for k E K, where Tap(k) and Rap(k) are Nap xNap diagonal matrices for the frequency responses of the transmit chain and receive chain, respectively, at the access point for subband k, T(k) and R(k) are Nõ xNõ diagonal matrices for the frequency responses of the transmit chain and receive chain, respectively, at the user terminal for subband k, Nõ, is the number of antennas at the access point; and N, is the number of antennas at the user terminal.
[1083] Combining the equations in equation set (4), the following is obtained:
11õp (k)Kõ,(k)= (Ild,,(k)Kap(k)f ,for kE K, Eq (5) where K(k) = Tal,(k)Rõ(k) and Kap(k) = tp(k)Rõp(k). Because T(k), Ra,(k), T p(k), and Rap(k) are diagonal matrices, Kap(k) and K(k) are also diagonal matrices.
[1084] Calibration may be performed to obtain estimates, itap(k) and kt(k), of the actual diagonal matrices, Kap(k) and K,(k) , for Ice K. The matrices itap(k) and k(k) contain correction factors that can account for differences in the frequency responses of the transmit/receive chains at the access point and user terminal. A "calibrated" downlink channel response, H dõ(k), observed by the user terminal and a "calibrated" uplink channel response, BLõp(k) , observed by the access point may then be expressed as:
H dt, ( k ) =11thi(k)kap(k) , for kE K, and Eq (6a) Hcõp(k)=11õp(k)1Z,(k) , for ke K, where Eq (6b) 11,õõ(k) =HTõ,p(k) , for kE K. Eq (6c) The accuracy of the relationship in equation (6c) is dependent on the accuracy of the correction matrices, ap(k) and tta(k) , which is in turn dependent on the quality of the estimates of the effective downlink and uplink channel responses, H(k) and il(k), used to derive these correction matrices. A correction vector i11(k) may be defined to include only the Ni, diagonal elements of it(k) , and a correction vector iiap(k) may be defined to include only the Nap diagonal elements of Itp(k). Calibration is described in detail in the aforementioned provisional U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 60/421,462.
[1085] The pilots described herein may also be used for MIMO and MIMO-OFDM systems that do not perform calibration. For clarity, the following description assumes that calibration is performed and that the correction matrices ap(k) and IZ,(k) are used in the transmit paths at the access point and the user terminal, respectively.
2. Beacon and MIMO Pilots [1086] As shown in FIG. 2, the beacon pilot and MIMO pilot are transmitted on the downlink in the BCH for each TDD frame. The beacon pilot may be used by the user terminals for timing and frequency acquisition. The MIMO pilot may be used by the user terminals to (1) obtain an estimate of the downlink MIMO
channel, (2) derive steering vectors for uplink transmission, and (3) derive a matched filter for downlink transmission, as described below.
[1087] In an exemplary pilot transmission scheme, the beacon pilot is transmitted for two symbol periods and the MIMO pilot is transmitted for eight symbol periods at the start of the BCH segment. Table 6 shows the beacon and MIMO pilots for this exemplary scheme.
[1088]
Table 6 - Beacon and MIMO Pilots for BCH
Pilot Symbol Antenna 1 Antenna 2 Antenna 3 Antenna 4 Type Period Beacon 1 Pilot 2 3 +P +P +P +P
4 +P -P +P -P
+P +P -P -P
MIMO 6 +P -P -P +P
Pilot 7 +P +P +P +P
8 +P -P +P -P
9 +P +P -P -P
+P -P -P +P
[1089] The beacon pilot transmitted on the downlink may be expressed as:
xthop(k) --.11õp(k)b(k) , for k E K, Eq (7) where Lca.õ,(k) is a transmit vector for subband k for the beacon pilot;
and b(k) is the pilot symbol to be transmitted on subband k for the beacon pilot, which is given in Table 2.
As shown in equation (7), the beacon pilot is scaled by the correction vector ilap(k) but not subjected to any other spatial processing.
[1090] The MIMO pilot transmitted on the downlink may be expressed as:
x(k) = (k)w,, p(k) ,for k e K, Eq (8) where x(k) is an (Nap xl) transmit vector for subband k in symbol period n for the downlink MIMO pilot;
wdm, is an (Nap xi) vector with Nap Walsh chips for the Nap transmit antennas at the access point in symbol period n for the downlink MIMO pilot; and p(k) is the pilot symbol to be transmitted on subband k for the MIMO
pilot, which is given in Table 2.
[1091] As shown in equation (8), the MIMO pilot is covered by the vector w and further scaled by the correction matrix ap(k) , but not subjected to any other spatial 'processing. The same Walsh vector w is used for all subbands, and thus w is not a function of the subband index k However, since each Walsh sequence is a unique sequence of 4 Walsh chips for 4 symbol periods, waa,a is a function of symbol period n. The vector wan.. thus includes Nap Walsh chips to be used for the Nap transmit antennas at the access point for symbol period n. For the scheme shown in Table 6, the four vectors wda,a , for n = {3, 4, 5, 6}, for the first four symbol periods of MIMO pilot transmission on the BCH are w3 = [1 1 1 1], w4 =11 -11 -11, w5 = [1 1 -1 -1], w6 = [1 -1 -1 1], and the four vectors wdn.n , for n = {7, 8, 9, 10}, for the next four symbol periods are repeated such that w7 = w3, w8 = w4, W9 = w5, and w = w -10 -6 =
[1092] The MIMO pilot transmitted on the uplink may be expressed as:
p(k) ,for k E K, Eq (9) where ; ..(k) is an (N t, xl) transmit vector for subband kin symbol period n for the uplink MIMO pilot. The Walsh vector wap,a used for the uplink MIMO
pilot may be the same or different from the Walsh vector wda.a used for the downlink MIMO pilot. For example, if a user terminal is equipped with only two transmit antennas, then w may include two Walsh sequences with length of 2 or greater.
3. Spatial Processing [1093] As described above, the channel response matrix for each subband may be diagonalized to obtain the Ns eigenmodes for that subband. The singular value decomposition of the calibrated uplink channel response matrix, Hut, (k) , may be expressed as:
11(k) = U ap(k)E(k)V ,õHt(k) , for k e K, Eq (10) where Uv(k) is an (N x N õ) unitary matrix of left eigenvectors of licup (k);
Z(k) is an (N x Na,,) diagonal matrix of singular values of IIõ,p(k) ; and Y(k) is an (N x Nap) unitary matrix of right eigenvectors of [1094] Similarly, the singular value decomposition of the calibrated downlink channel response matrix, 11(k) , may be expressed as:
,for k E K, Eq (11) where the matrices V:, (k) and Usõp(k) are unitary matrices of left and right eigenvectors, respectively, of ILAõ (k).
[1095] As shown in equations (10) and (11) and based on the above description, the matrices of left and right eigenvectors for one link are the complex conjugate of the matrices of right and left eigenvectors, respectively, for the other link. For simplicity, reference to the matrices I .1 ap(k) and y(k) in the following description may also refer to their various other forms (e.g., V, (k) may refer to V õ, (k) , Vsõ (k), V:(k), and V õHt (k) ). The matrices U,,p(k) and y(k) may be used by the access point and user terminal, respectively, for spatial processing and are denoted as such by their subscripts.
[1096] In an embodiment, the user terminal can estimate the calibrated downlink channel response based on a MIMO pilot transmitted by the access point. The user terminal may then perform singular value decomposition of the calibrated downlink channel response estimate fica (k) , for k E K , to obtain the diagonal matrix i(k) and the matrix V (k) of left eigenvectors of ftcd.(k) for each subband. This singular value decomposition may be given as fleck, (k)= Vsut(k)i(k)trap(k), where the hat ("A") above each matrix indicates that it is an estimate of the actual matrix. Similarly, the access point can estimate the calibrated uplink channel response based on a MIMO pilot transmitted by the user terminal. The access point may then perform singular value decomposition of the calibrated uplink channel response estimate fic.(k), for k E K, to obtain the diagonal matrix i(k) and the matrix f.1õp(k) of left eigenvectors of 11(k) for each subband. This singular value decomposition may be given as ft p ( k ) = 17J p (k)i(k) (k). The access point and user terminal may also obtain the required eigenvectors based on a steered reference, as described below.
[1097] Data transmission can occur on one or multiple wideband eigenmodes for each link. The specific number of wideband eigenmodes to use for data transmission is typically dependent on the channel conditions and may be selected in various manners. For example, the wideband eigenmodes may be selected by using a water-filling procedure that attempts to maximize the overall throughput by (1) selecting the best set of one or more wideband eigenmodes to use, and (2) distributing the total transmit power among the selected wideband eigenmode(s).
[1098] The MIMO-OFDM system may thus be designed to support multiple operating modes, including:
= Spatial multiplexing mode - used to transmit data on multiple wideband eigenmodes, and = Beam-steering mode - used to transmit data on the principal (best) wideband eigenmode.
[1099] Data transmission on multiple wideband eigenmodes may be achieved by performing spatial processing with multiple sets of eigenvectors in the matrices Uap(k) or Vut(k) , for k E K (i.e., one set of eigenvectors for each wideband eigenmode). Table 7 summarizes the spatial processing at the access point and user terminal for both data transmission and reception for the spatial multiplexing mode.
Table 7 - Spatial Processing for Spatial Multiplexing Mode Downlink Uplink Access Transmit: Receive:
Point x,, (k) = kap (k)Cap(k)s,(k)0. H
gup(k)= E (k)Unp(k)rw(k) User Receive: Transmit:
Terminalõ T
gdn(k)=E (k)Vut(k)rdn(k) 7{,p(k)=itin(k)V (k)s (k) In Table 7, s(k) is a "data÷ vector with up to N5 non-zero entries for the modulation symbols to be transmitted on the N eigenmodes of subband k, x(k) is a transmit vector for subband k, r(k) is a received vector for subband k, and i(k) is an estimate of the transmitted data vector s(k). The subscripts "dn"
and "up" for these vectors denote downlink and uplink transmissions, respectively.
[1100] Data transmission on one wideband eigenmode may be achieved by using either "beam-forming" or "beam-steering". For beam-forming, the modulation symbols are spatially processed with a set of eigenvectors V(k) or fiva (k), for ice K, for the principal wideband eigenmode. For beam-steering, the modulation symbols are spatially processed with a set of "normalized" (or "saturated") eigenvectors Võ(k) or iiap(k) , for k E K, for the principal wideband eigenmode. The normalized eigenvectors Võ (k) and iiv(k) can be derived as described below.
[1101] The spatial processing for the spatial multiplexing and beam-steering modes is described in detail in the aforementioned provisional U.S. Patent Application Serial Nos. 60/421,309 and 60/421,428. The steered references for the spatial multiplexing and beam-steering modes are described below.
4. Steered Reference [1102] For a reciprocal channel (e.g., after calibration has been performed to account for differences in the transmit/receive chains at the access point and user terminal), a steered reference may be transmitted by the user terminal and used by the access point to obtain estimates of both ti ap(k) and (k),i for k E K, without having to estimate the MIMO channel or perform the singular value decomposition. Similarly, a steered reference may be transmitted by the access point and used by the user terminal to obtain estimates of both V (k) and i(k) , for k e K .
[1103] In an embodiment, the steered reference comprises a set of pilot symbols (e.g., the P OFDM symbol) that is transmitted on one wideband eigenmode in a given symbol period by performing spatial processing with a set of unnormalized or normalized eigenvectors for that wideband eigenmode. In an alternative embodiment, the steered reference comprises multiple sets of pilot symbols that are transmitted on multiple wideband eigenmodes in the same symbol period by performing spatial processing with multiple sets of unnormalized or normalized eigenvectors for these wideband eigenmodes. In any case, the steered reference is transmitted from all N op antennas at the access point (for the downlink) and all N antennas at the user terminal (for the uplink). For clarity, the following description assumes that the steered reference is transmitted for one wideband eigenmode in a given symbol period.
A. Downlink Steered Reference - Spatial Multiplexing Mode [1104] For the spatial multiplexing mode, the downlink steered reference transmitted on the rn-th wideband eigenmode by the access point may be expressed as:
Liisr,m(k) = Kap (k)Liap,(k)p(k) , for k E K, Eq (12) where xdõ, (k) is the transmit vector for the k-th subband of the m-th wideband eigenmode;
is the eigenvector for the k-th subband of the m-th wideband eigenmode; and p(k) is the pilot symbol to be transmitted on subband k for the steered reference (e.g., as given in Table 2).
The steering vector il*apõ(k) is the m-th column of the matrix Cap(k) , where U v(k).[Lisap j(k) fi*apa (k) [1105] The received downlink steered reference at the user terminal for the spatial multiplexing mode may be expressed as:
rdn.s, (k) = II (1C)X...ni (k) + ndn (k) , for k E K, Eq (13) (k)crõ,(k)p(k)+ndn(k) where cm(k) is the singular value for the k-th subband of the m-th wideband eigenmode.
B. Downlink Steered Reference - Beam-Steering Mode [1106] For the beam-steering mode, the spatial processing at the transmitter is performed using a set of "normalized" eigenvectors for the principal wideband eigenmode. The overall transfer function with a normalized eigenvector ü,( k) is different from the overall transfer function with an unnornnalized eigenvector CIL:pa (k) (i.e., (k)IZ q) (1011:pa (k) lida(k)kp(k)elap(k)). A steered reference generated using the set of normalized eigenvectors for the principal wideband eigenmode may then be sent by the transmitter and used by the receiver to derive the matched filter for the beam-steering mode.
[1107] For the beam-steering mode, the downlink steered reference transmitted on the principal wideband eigenmode by the access point may be expressed as:
idnx (k) = kap(k)11õp (k)p(k) , for k e K, Eq (14) where ap(k) is the normalized eigenvector for the k-th subband of the principal wideband eigenmode, which may be expressed as:
a p (k) =[Ael8"(k) Aei "2(k) Aeje'"(1c3f , Eq (15) where A is a constant (e.g., A =1); and 01(k) is the phase for the k-th subband of the i-th transmit antenna, which is given as:
La:p31(k). tarCi inita:P'1'1(k)}= Eq (16) Refiia*p3,,(k)) [1108] As shown in equation (15), the N ap elements of the vector have equal magnitudes but possibly different phases. As shown in equation (16), the phase of each element in the vector tlap(k) is obtained from the corresponding element of the vector iCap,1(k) (i.e., 19õ1(k) is obtained from where 114,3(1)= [ila*p,i,i(k) 14,1,2(k) 1rap.1,N v(k)]T ) =
[1109] The received downlink steered reference at the user terminal for the beam-steering mode may be expressed as:
idn.sr(k) = Hdr, (k)Rd,..(k) nd. (k) , for k E K. Eq (17) llcdn (k)iiap (k)p(k) + nd.(k) C. Uplink Steered Reference - Spatial Multiplexing Mode [1110] For the spatial multiplexing mode, the uplink steered reference transmitted on the m-th .wideband eigenmode by the user terminal may be expressed as:
xup,s, (k) = ut (k)i õ,,,n(k)p(k) , for k e K. Eq (18) The vector i,'õ,,,õ(k) is the m-th column of the matrix ic(k), where (k) = [to (k) ut,2(k) Sut,Nw (0] =
[1111] The received uplink steered reference at the access point for the spatial multiplexing mode may be expressed as:
rup,õ,õ, (k) = Hup (k)xõp,s, (lc) + n (k) , for k E K. Eq (19) üiap,m(k)rn(1t')P(k) + n up (k) D. Uplink Steered Reference - Beam-Steering Mode [1112] For the beam-steering mode, the uplink steered reference transmitted on the principal wideband eigenmode by the user terminal may be expressed as:
(k) = (k)- ut(k) p(k) , for k E K. Eq (20) The normalized eigenvector u (k) for the k-th subband for the principal wideband eigenmode may be expressed as:
Vim (k) =[Aeje.I(k) Ae19.2(k) (k) 31- , Eq (21) where 11)ina,i(k)}) = tan4 lin (k) Eq (22) ReRt.ii(k)}
As shown in equation (22), the phase of each element in the vector V, (k) is obtained from the corresponding element of the eigenvector ir.3(k).
[1113] The received uplink steered reference at the access point for the beam-steering mode may be expressed as:
(k) = up (k)51 (k) + n up (k) , for k E K. Eq (23) Hcup (k)p(k) + n (k) [1114] Table 8 summarizes the spatial processing at the access point and user terminal for the steered reference for the spatial multiplexing and beam-steering modes.
Table 8 - Spatial Processing for Steered Reference Spatial Multiplexing Mode Beam-Steering Mode Access z_cdõ,s,,. = kap (1011:1,õu (k)p(k) dn,s, (k) = kap (k)iIap (k)p(k) Point User Terminal xu õ, (k) = Rut (k)i .,.(k)p(k) 51 (k) = kit ut(k)p(k) - P'"' E. Steered Reference Transmission [1115] For the exemplary frame structure shown in FIG. 2, the steered reference may be transmitted in the preamble or pilot portion of an FCH PDU
(for the downlink) or an RCH PDU (for the uplink). The steered reference may be transmitted in various manners.
[1116] In one embodiment, for the spatial multiplexing mode, the steered reference is transmitted for one or more wideband eigenmodes for each TDD
frame. The specific number of wideband eigenmodes to transmit in each TDD
frame may be dependent on the duration of the steered reference. Table 9 lists the wideband eigenmodes used for the steered reference in the preamble of an FCH/RCH PDU for various preamble sizes, for an exemplary design with four transmit antennas.
Table 9 Preamble Size Wideband Eigenmodes Used 0 OFDM symbol no preamble 1 OFDM symbol wideband eigenmode m, where m = frame counter mod 4 4 OFDM cycle through all 4 wideband eigenmodes in the preamble symbols 8 OFDM cycle through all 4 wideband eigenmodes twice in the symbols preamble [1117] As shown in Table 9, the steered reference is transmitted for all four wideband eigenmodes within the same TDD frame when the preamble size is four or eight symbol periods. The steered reference transmitted in the preamble of an FCH PDU by the access point for the n-th symbol period may be expressed as:
(k)=1:_tap(k)11:1310-1).d41+1(k)p(k) , for k E K and nE , Eq (24) where L is the preamble size (e.g., L=O, 1, 4, or 8 for the exemplary design shown in Table 9).
[1118] The steered reference transmitted in the preamble of an RCH PDU by the user terminal for the n-th symbol period may be expressed as:
xtu,,,,,,(k)=CCut(k)irut,[(n-1) mod 4]-1-1(k)P(k) for k e K and nà {1...L}. Eq (25) [1119] In equations (24) and (25), the four wideband eigenmodes are cycled through in each 4-symbol period by the "mod" operation for the steering vector.
This scheme may be used if the channel changes more rapidly and/or during the early part of a communication session when a good channel estimate needs to be obtained quickly for proper system operation.
[1120] In another embodiment, the steered reference is transmitted for one wideband eigenmode for each TDD frame. The steered reference for four wideband eigenmodes may be cycled through in four TDD frames. For example, the steering vectors i").42(k), .0(k), and irõo(k) may be used for four consecutive TDD frames by the user terminal. The particular steering vector to use for the steered reference in each TDD frame may be specified by a frame counter, which may be sent in the BCH message. This scheme may allow a shorter preamble to be used for the FCH and RCH PDUs. However, a longer time period may be needed to obtain a good estimate of the channel.
[1121] For the beam-steering mode, the normalized steering vector for the principal wideband eigenmode is used for the steered reference, as shown in equations (14) and (20). The duration of the steered reference may be selected, for example, based on the channel conditions.
[1122] While operating in the beam-steering mode, the user terminal may transmit multiple symbols of steered reference, for example, one or more symbols using the normalized eigenvectqr ut (k), one or more symbols using the eigenvector i7õ0 (k) for the principal eigenmode, and possibly one or more symbols using the eigenvectors for the other eigenmodes. The steered reference symbols generated with-7võ,(k) may be used by the access point to derive an uplink matched filter vector. This vector is used by the access point to perform matched filtering of the uplink data transmission sent by the user terminal using beam-steering. The steered reference symbols generated with (k) ftõ
may be used to obtain ,(k), which may then be used to derive the normalized eigenvector flap (k) that is used for beam-steering on the downlink.
The steered reference symbols generated with the eigenvectors is,u,.2(k) through utN (k) for the other eigenmodes may be used by the access point to obtain II ap,2 (k) through ilap.Ns (k) and the singular value estimates for these other eigenmodes. This information may then be used by the access point to determine whether to use the spatial multiplexing mode or the beam-steering =mode for downlink data transmission.
[1123] For the downlink, the user terminal may derive a downlink matched filter vector for the beam-steering mode based on the calibrated downlink channel response estimate flea (k). In particular, the user terminal has 11.10(k) = from the singular value decomposition of fica(k) and can then derive the normalized eigenvector iiõp(k) . The user terminal can then multiply iiap(k) with ii (k) to obtain fica (k)iiv (k), and may then derive the downlink matched filter vector for the beam-steering mode based on fica (01,1, (k) .
Alternatively, a steered reference may be sent by the access point using the normalized eigenvector flap (k) , and this steered reference may be processed by the user terminal in the manner described above to obtain the downlink matched filter vector for the beam-steering mode.
F. Subband Multiplexing for Steered Reference [1124] For both the spatial multiplexing and beam-steering modes, the steered reference may also be transmitted for multiple wideband eigenmodes for a given symbol period using subband multiplexing. The usable subbands may be partitioned into multiple disjoint sets of subbands, one set for each wideband eigenmode selected for steered reference transmission. Each set of subbands may then be used to transmit a steered reference for the associated wideband eigenmode. For simplicity, the term "wideband eigenmode" is used ' here even though the steered reference is sent on only a subset of all usable subbands.
[1125] For example, the steered reference may be transmitted on all four wideband eigenmodes in one symbol period. In this case, the 52 usable subbands may be partitioned into four disjoint sets (e.g., labeled as sets 1, 2, 3, and 4), with each set including 13 subbands. The 13 subbands in each set may be uniformly distributed across 52 usable subbands. The steered reference for the principal wideband eigenmode may then be transmitted on the 13 subbands in set 1, steered reference for the second wideband eigenmode may be transmitted on the 13 subbands in set 2, steered reference for the third wideband eigenmode may be transmitted on the 13 subbands in set 3, and steered reference for the fourth wideband eigenmode may be transmitted on the 13 subbands in set 4.
[1126] If the steered reference is sent on only a subset of all usable subbands for a given wideband eigenmode, then interpolation or some other technique may be used to obtain estimates for the subbands not used for steered reference transmission for that wideband eigenmode.
[1127] In general, the multiple sets of subbands may include the same or different number of subbands. For example, the number of subbands to include in each set may be dependent on the SNR of the wideband eigenmode associated with the set (e.g., more subbands may be assigned to a set associated with a poor quality wideband eigenmode). Moreover, the subbands in each set may be uniformly or non-uniformly distributed across the usable subbands. The multiple sets of subbands may also be associated with the same or different sets of pilot symbols.
[1128] Subband multiplexing may be used to reduce the amount of overhead needed to transmit the steered reference, which can improve the efficiency of the system.
G. Channel Estimation with the Steered Reference [1129] As shown in equation (13), at the user terminal, the received downlink steered reference for the spatial multiplexing mode (in the absence of noise) is ' approximately irsa,m(k)cr,a(k)p(k). Similarly, as shown in equation (19), at the access point, the received uplink steered reference for the spatial multiplexing mode (in the absence of noise) is approximately ilap.õ,(k)aõ,(k)p(k). The access point can thus obtain an estimate of 11.,,,m(k) and cria(k) based on a steered reference sent by the user terminal, and vice versa.
[1130] Various techniques may be used to process a steered reference. For clarity, the following description is for the processing of an uplink steered reference. The received vector at the access point is given in equation (19), which is r õp,s,õ,õ (k)g=-=iiapm(k)o-m(k)p(k)+nap(k).
[1131] In one embodiment, to obtain an estimate of 11õ,,õ,(k), the received vector r (k) for the steered reference sent on the m-th wideband eigenmode is first multiplied with the complex conjugate of the pilot symbol, p* (k) , that is used for the steered reference. The result may then be integrated over multiple received steered reference symbols for each wideband eigenmode to obtain an estimate of ilapm(k)cr.(k) , which is a scaled left eigenvector of ficup(k) for the m-th wideband eigenmode. Each of the Nap entries of the vector iiapm(k) is obtained based on a corresponding one of the Nap entries for the vector rup..(k), where the Nap entries of r apm(k) are the symbols received from the N ap antennas at the access point. Since eigenvectors have unit power, the singular value o(k) may be estimated based on the received power of the steered reference, which can be measured for each subband of each wideband eigenmode. The singular value estimate e r,,,(k) is then equal to the square root of the received power divided by the magnitude of the pilot symbol p(k) .
[1132] In another embodiment, a minimum mean square error (MMSE) technique is used to obtain an estimate of the vector (k) based on the received vector r up.õ...(k) for the steered reference. Since the pilot symbols p(k) are known, the access point can derive an estimate of 11õp,õ,(k) such that the mean square error between the received pilot symbols (obtained after performing the matched filtering on the received vector _ r np,sr, .(k)) and the transmitted pilot symbols is minimized. The use of the MMSE technique for spatial processing at the receiver is described in commonly assigned U.S.
Patent Application Serial No. 09/993,087, entitled "Multiple-Access Multiple-Input Multiple-Output (MIMO) Communication System," filed November 6, 2001.
[1133] The steered reference is sent for one wideband eigen mode in any given symbol period (without subband multiplexing), and may in turn be used to obtain an estimate of one eigenvector for each subband of that wideband eigenmode. Thus, the receiver is able to obtain an estimate of only one eigenvector in a unitary matrix for any given symbol period. Since estimates of multiple eigenvectors for the unitary matrix are obtained over different symbol periods, and due to noise and other sources of degradation in the wireless channel, the estimated eigenvectors for the unitary matrix (which are individually derived) are not likely be orthogonal to one another. The estimated eigenvectors may thereafter be used for matched filtering of a data transmission received on the same link and/or spatial processing of a data transmission sent on the other link. In this case, any errors in orthogonality among these estimated eigenvectors would result in cross-talk among the data streams sent on the eigenmodes corresponding to the eigenvectors. The cross-talk may degrade performance.
[1134] In an embodiment, the estimated eigenvectors for each unitary matrix are forced to be orthogonal to each other. The orthogonalization of the eigenvectors may be achieved using the Gram-Schmidt technique, which is described in detail in the aforementioned reference from Gilbert Strang, or some other technique.
[1135] Other techniques to process the steered reference may also be used, and this is within the scope of the invention.
[1136] The access point can thus estimate both tap (k) and i(k) based on the steered reference sent by the user terminal, without having to estimate the uplink channel response or perform singular value decomposition of fimp(k) .
[1137] The processing at the user terminal to estimate the matrices "isc (k) and (k),i for k e K, based on the downlink steered reference may be performed similar to that described above for the uplink steered reference.
[1138] For the beam-steering mode, on the uplink, the received vector up,sr,m (k) for the steered reference may be processed by the access point in a ¨
similar manner to obtain an estimate of fl (k)V (k) . The conjugate transpose of this estimate is then the matched filter for the uplink transmission in the beam-steering mode. On the downlink, the received vector cm (k) for the steered reference may be processed by the user terminal in a similar manner to obtain an estimate of licdõ(k)iiap (k) . The conjugate transpose of this estimate is then the matched filter for the downlink transmission in the beam-steering mode.
[1013] The features and nature of the present invention will become more apparent from the detailed description set forth below when taken in conjunction with the drawings in which like reference characters identify correspondingly throughout and wherein:
[1014] FIG. 1 shows a multiple-access MIMO system;
[1015] FIG. 2 shows an exemplary frame structure for data transmission in a =
TOO MIMO-OFDM system;
[1016] FIG. 3 shows downlink and uplink pilot transmissions for an exemplary pilot transmission scheme;
[1017] FIG. 4 shows a block diagram of an access point and a user terminal;
[1018] FIG. 5 shows a block diagram of a TX spatial processor that can generate a beacon pilot;
[1019] FIG. 6A shows a block diagram of a TX spatial processor that can generate a MIMO pilot;
[1020] FIG. 6B shows a block diagram of an RX spatial processor that can provide a channel response estimate based on a received MIMO pilot;
[1021] FIG. 7A shows a block diagram of a TX spatial processor that can generate a steered reference; and [1022] FIG. 7B shows a block diagram of an RX spatial processor that can provide a channel response estimate based on a received steered reference.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
=
[1023] The word "exemplary" is used herein to mean "serving as an example, instance, or illustration." Any embodiment or design described herein as "exemplary" is not necessarily to be construed as preferred or advantageous over other embodiments or designs.
[1024] FIG. 1 shows a multiple-access MIMO system 100 that supports a number of users and is capable of implementing the pilots described herein.
MIMO system 100 includes a number of access points (APs) 110 that support communication for a number of user terminals (UTs) 120. For simplicity, only two access points 110a and 110b are shown in FIG. 1. An access point is generally a fixed station that is used for communicating with the user terminals.
An access point may also be referred to as a base station or using some other terminology.
[1025] User terminals 120 may be dispersed throughout the system. Each user terminal may be a fixed or mobile terminal that can communicate with the access point. A user terminal may also be referred to as an access terminal, a mobile station, a remote station, a user equipment (UE), a wireless device, or some other terminology. Each user terminal may communicate with one or possibly multiple access points on the downlink and/or uplink at any given moment. The downlink (i.e., forward link) refers to transmission from the access point to the user terminal, and the uplink (i.e., reverse link) refers to transmission from the user terminal to the access point. As used herein, an "active" user terminal is one that is receiving a downlink transmission from an access point and/or transmitting an uplink transmission to the access point.
[1026] In FIG. 1, access point 110a communicates with user terminals 120a through 120f, and access point 110b communicates with user terminals 120f through 120k. The assignment of user terminals to access points is typically based on received signal strength and not distance. At any given moment, a user terminal may receive downlink transmission from one or multiple access points. A system controller 130 couples to access points 110 and may be designed to perform a number of functions such as (1) coordination and control for the access points coupled to it, (2) routing of data among these access points, and (3) access and control of communication with the user terminals served by these access points.
I. Pilots [1027] Pilots suitable for use in MIMO systems, such as the one shown in FIG. 1, are provided herein. These pilots can support various functions that may be needed for proper system operation, such as timing and frequency acquisition, channel estimation, calibration, and so on. The pilots may be considered as being of different types that are designed and used for different functions. Table 1 lists four types of pilot and their short description for an exemplary pilot design. Fewer, different, and/or additional pilot types may also be defined, and this is within the scope of the invention.
Table 1 - Pilot Types Pilot Type Description Beacon Pilot A pilot transmitted from all transmit antennas and used for timing and frequency acquisition.
MIMO Pilot A pilot transmitted from all transmit antennas with different orthogonal codes and used for channel estimation.
Steered A pilot transmitted on specific eigenmodes of a MIMO
Reference or channel for a specific user terminal and used for channel Steered Pilot estimation and possibly rate control.
Carrier Pilot A pilot used for phase tracking of a carrier signal.
Steered reference and steered pilot are synonymous terms.
[1028] Various pilot transmission schemes may be devised based on any combination of these various types of pilot. For example, on the downlink, an access point may transmit a beacon pilot, a MIMO pilot, and a carrier pilot for all user terminals within its coverage area and may optionally transmit a steered reference to any active user terminal that is receiving a downlink transmission from the access point. On the uplink, a user terminal may transmit a MIMO
pilot for calibration and may transmit a steered reference and a carrier pilot when scheduled (e.g., for downlink and/or uplink data transmissions). The processing to transmit and receive these various types of pilot is described in further detail below.
[1029] The pilots described herein may be used for various types of MIMO
systems. For example, the pilots may be used for (1) single-carrier MIMO
systems, (2) multi-carrier MIMO systems that employ orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) or some other multi-carrier modulation technique, (3) AMMO systems that implement multiple-access techniques such as frequency division multiple-access (FDMA), time division multiple-access (TDMA), and code division multiple-access (CDMA), (4) MIMO systems that implement frequency division multiplexing (FDM), time division multiplexing (TDM), and/or code division multiplexing (CDM) for data transmission, (5) MIMO
systems that implement time division duplexing (TDD), frequency division duplexing (FDD), and/or code division duplexing (CDD) for the downlink and uplink channels, and (6) other types of MIMO systems. For clarity, the pilots are described below first for a MIMO system that implements OFDM (i.e., a MIMO-OFDM system) and then for a TDD MIMO-OFDM system.
[1030] OFDM effectively partitions the overall system bandwidth into a number of (NF) orthogonal subbands, which are also referred to as tones, frequency bins, or frequency subchannels. With OFDM, each subband is associated with a respective subcarrier upon which data may be modulated.
For a MIMO-OFDM system, each subband may be associated with a number of eigenrnodes, and each eigenmode of each subband may be viewed as an independent transmission channel.
[1031] For clarity, a specific pilot structure is described below for an exemplary MIMO-OFDM system. In this MIMO-OFDM system, the system bandwidth is partitioned into 64 orthogonal subbands (i.e., NF = 64), which are assigned indices of ¨32 to +31. Of these 64 subbands, 48 subbands (e.g., with indices of {1, ..., 6, 8, ..., 20, 22, ... , 26)) may be used for data transmission, 4 subbands (e.g., with indices of {7, 21}) may be used for a carrier pilot and possibly signaling, the DC subband (with index of 0) is not used, and the remaining subbands are also not used and serve as guard subbands. Thus, of the 64 total subbands, the 52 "usable" subbands include the 48 data subbands and 4 pilot subbands, and the remaining 12 subbands are not used. This OFDM subband structure is described in further detail in the aforementioned provisional U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 60/421,309. Different number of subbands and other OFDM subband structures may also be implemented for =
the MIMO-OFDM system, and this is within the scope of the invention.
[1032] For OFDM, the data to be transmitted on each usable subband is first modulated (i.e., symbol mapped) using a particular modulation scheme (e.g., BPSK, QPSK, or M-QAM) selected for use for that subband. One modulation symbol may be transmitted on each usable subband in each symbol period.
Each modulation symbol is a complex value for a specific point in a signal constellation corresponding to the selected modulation scheme. Signal values of zero may be sent on the unused subbands. For each OFDM symbol period, the modulation symbols for the usable subbands and zero signal values for the unused subbands (i.e., the modulation symbols and zeros for all NF subbands) are transformed to the time domain using an inverse fast Fourier transform (IFFT) to obtain a transformed symbol that comprises NF time-domain samples.
To combat inter-symbol interference (181), a portion of each transformed symbol is often repeated (which is also referred to as adding a cyclic prefix) to form a ' corresponding OFDM symbol, which is then transmitted over the wireless channel. An OFDM symbol period, which is also referred to herein as a symbol period, corresponds to the duration of one OFDM symbol.
1. Beacon Pilot [1033] The beacon pilot includes a specific set of pilot symbols that is transmitted from each of the NT transmit antennas. The same set of pilot symbols is transmitted for NB symbol periods designated for beacon pilot transmission. In general, NB may be any integer value of one or greater.
[1034] In an exemplary embodiment, the set of pilot symbols for the beacon pilot is a set of 12 BPSK modulation symbols for 12 specific subbands, which is referred to as a "B" OFDM symbol. The 12 BPSK modulation symbols for the B
OFDM symbol are given in Table 2. Signal values of zeros are transmitted on the remaining 52 unused subbands.
[1035]
Table 2 - Pilot Symbols Sub. Beacon MIMO sub. Beacon MIMO sub. Beacon MIMO sub. Beacon MIMO
band Pilot Pilot band Pilot Pilot band Pilot Pilot band Pilot Pilot Index b(k) p(k) Index b(k) p(k) Index b(k) p(k) Index b(k) p(k) 0 0:430 1-j 0 1- j 1 0 1+j .26 o -1-j -i-j 1-j 2 o -1-] 1+] -1+]
25 0 -1-Ej o -1-j 3 o -1-j 112t- o -1+j -24 1+j -i+j o -1-j -1-j -1-j 18 0 1-j o o 1-f ; 5. o -14-] 19 o i+j o l-j -1-j -1-j 0 1+j .=,0 i+j 21= 0 1-j -7, , 0 1+j 7- 0 -1-j -^ 0 1+j µ,.='-'202;. -1-j 1+j :,):6 ;,"`.. 0 -1+j 3;-.f%1 -1-j -1+j 22_ o -i+i -1 o -1-j -5 o -1-j o -1-j 0 1+ j -10 0 -1+j -4 1+1 -1+j :10 0 -1-j 24 i+j -1+j -17 o 1+1 o -1+j 11 o 1+j `.,*' 0 1-j '1.:16 1+j -1+j 2 0 1-j 12 1+j 1-j 26_ 0 -1-j 15,.- 0 1-j 0 -1+] :14 0 -1+jH 0 0 -0 1+j *.0 0 0 0 -1-j [1036] For the exemplary embodiment and as shown in Table 2, for the beacon pilot, the BPSK modulation symbol (1+ j) is transmitted in subbands -24, -16, -4, 12, 16, 20, and 24, and the BPSK modulation symbol ¨(1+j) is transmitted in subbands -20, -12, -8, 4, and 8. Zero signal values are transmitted on the remaining 52 subbands for the beacon pilot.
[1037] The B OFDM symbol is designed to facilitate system timing and frequency acquisition by the user terminals. For the exemplary embodiment of .
the B OFDM symbol described above, only 12 of the 64 total subbands are used, and these subbands are spaced apart by four subbands. This 4-subband spacing allows the user terminal to have an initial frequency error of up to two subbands. The beacon pilot allows the user terminal to correct for its initial coarse frequency error, and to correct its frequency so that the phase drift over the duration of the beacon pilot is small (e.g., less than 45 degrees over the beacon pilot duration at a sample rate of 20 MHz). If the beacon pilot duration is 8 sec, then the 45 degrees (or less) of phase drift over 8 sec is equal to 360 degrees over 64 sec, which is approximately 16 kHz.
[1038] The 16 kHz frequency error is typically too large for operation.
Additional frequency correction may be obtained using the MIMO pilot and the carrier pilot. These pilots span a long enough time duration that the user terminal frequency can be corrected to within the desired target (e.g., 250 Hz).
For example, if a TDD frame is 2 msec (as described below) and if the user terminal frequency is accurate to within 250Hz, then there will be less than half a cycle of phase change over one TDD frame. The phase difference from TDD
frame to TDD frame of the beacon pilot may be used to lock the frequency of the user terminal to the clock at the access point, thereby effectively reducing the frequency error to zero.
[1039] In general, the set of pilot symbols used for the beacon pilot may be derived using any modulation scheme. Thus, other OFDM symbols derived using BPSK or some other modulation scheme may also be used for the beacon pilot, and this is within the scope of the invention.
[1040] In an exemplary design, four transmit antennas are available for beacon pilot transmission. Table 4 lists the OFDM symbols to be transmitted from each of the four transmit antennas for a beacon pilot transmission that spans two symbol periods.
Table 3 - Beacon Pilot Symbol Antenna 1 Antenna 2 Antenna 3 Antenna 4 Period 2. MIMO Pilot =
[1041] The MIMO pilot includes a specific set of pilot symbols that is transmitted from each of the NT transmit antennas. For each transmit antenna, the same set of pilot symbols is transmitted for Np symbol periods designated for MIMO pilot transmission. However, the set of pilot symbols for each transmit antenna is "covered" with a unique orthogonal sequence or code assigned to that antenna. Covering is a process whereby a given pilot or data symbol (or a set of L pilot/data symbols with the same value) to be transmitted is multiplied by all L chips of an L-chip orthogonal sequence to obtain L covered symbols, which are then transmitted. Decovering is a complementary process whereby received symbols are multiplied by the L chips of the same L-chip orthogonal sequence to obtain L decovered symbols, which are then accumulated to obtain an estimate of the transmitted pilot or data symbol. The covering achieves orthogonality among the NT pilot transmissions from the Nr transmit antennas and allows a receiver to distinguish the individual transmit antennas, as described below. The duration of the MIMO pilot transmission may be dependent on its use, as described below. In general, Np may be any integer value of one or greater.
[1042] One set or different sets of pilot symbols may be used for the NT
transmit antennas. In an exemplary embodiment, one set of pilot symbols is used for all NT transmit antennas for the MIMO pilot and this set includes 52 QPSK modulation symbols for the 52 usable subbands, which is referred to as a "P" OFDM symbol. The 52 QPSK modulation symbols for the P OFDM symbol are given in Table 2. Signal values of zero are transmitted on the remaining unused subbands.
[1043] The 52 QPSK modulation symbols form a unique "word" that is designed to facilitate channel estimation by the user terminals. This unique word is selected to have a minimum peak-to-average variation in a waveform generated based on these 52 modulation symbols.
[1044] It is well known that OFDM is generally associated with higher peak-to-average variation in the transmitted waveform than for some other modulation technique (e.g., COMA). As a result, to avoid clipping of circuitry (e.g., power amplifier) in the transmit chain, OFDM symbols are typically transmitted at a reduced power level, i.e., backed off from the peak transmit power level. The back-off is used to account for variations in the waveform for these OFDM symbols. By minimizing the peak-to-average variation in the waveform for the P OFDM symbol, the MIMO pilot may be transmitted at a higher power level (i.e., a smaller back-off may be applied for the MIMO
p(lot).
The higher transmit power for the MIMO pilot would then result in improved received signal quality for the MIMO pilot at the receiver. The smaller peak-to-average variation may also reduce the amount of distortion and non-linearity generated by the circuitry in the transmit and receive chains. These various factors may result in improved accuracy for a channel estimate obtained based on the MIMO pilot.
[1045] An OFDM symbol with minimum peak-to-average variation may be obtained in various manners. For example, a random search may be performed in which a large number of sets of pilot symbols are randomly formed and evaluated to find the set that has the minimum peak-to-average variation. The P OFDM symbol shown in Table 2 represents an exemplary OFDM symbol that = may be used for the MIMO pilot. In general, the set of pilot symbols used for the MIMO pilot may be derived using any modulation scheme. Thus, various other OFDM symbols derived using QPSK or some other modulation scheme may also be used for the MIMO pilot, and this is within the scope of the invention.
[1046] Various orthogonal codes may be used to cover the P OFDM symbols sent on the NT transmit antennas. Examples of such orthogonal codes include Walsh codes and orthogonal variable spreading factor (OVSF) codes. Pseudo-orthogonal codes and quasi-orthogonal codes may also be used to cover the P
OFDM symbols. An example of a pseudo-orthogonal code is the M-sequence that is well known in the art. An example of a quasi-orthogonal code is the quasi-orthogonal function (QOF) defined by IS-2000. In general, various types of codes may be used for covering, some of which are noted above. For simplicity, the term "orthogonal code" is used herein to generically refer to any type of code suitable for use for covering pilot symbols. The length (L) of the orthogonal code is selected to be greater than or equal to the number of transmit antennas (e.g., L ?_. ), and L
orthogonal codes are available for use.
Each transmit antenna is assigned a unique orthogonal code. The Np P OFDM
symbols to be sent in Np symbol periods from each transmit antenna are covered with the orthogonal code assigned to that transmit antenna.
[1047] In an exemplary embodiment, four transmit antennas are available and are assigned 4-chip Walsh sequences of WI =1111, W2 = 1010, W3 = 1100 ' and W4 = 1001 for the MIMO
pilot. For a given Walsh sequence, a value of "1"
indicates that a P OFDM symbol is transmitted and a value of "0" indicates that a -P OFDM symbol is transmitted. For a -P OFDM symbol, each of the 52 QPSK modulation symbols in the P OFDM symbol is inverted (i.e., multiplied with -1). The result of the covering for each transmit antenna is a sequence of covered P OFDM symbols for that transmit antenna. The covering is in effect performed separately for each of the subbands to generate a sequence of covered pilot symbols for that subband. The sequences of covered pilot symbols for all subbands form the sequence of covered P OFDM symbols.
[1048] Table 4 lists the OFDM symbols to be transmitted from each of the four transmit antennas for a MIMO pilot transmission that spans four symbol periods.
Table 4 - MIMO Pilot Symbol Antenna 1 Antenna 2 Antenna 3 Antenna 4 Period 1 +P +P +P +P
2 +P -P +P -P
3 +P +P -P -P
4 +P -P -P +P
For this set of 4-chip Walsh sequences, the MIMO pilot transmission can occur in an integer multiple of four symbol periods to ensure orthogonality among the four pilot transmissions from the four transmit antennas. The Walsh sequence is simply repeated for a MIMO pilot transmission that is longer than the length of the Walsh sequence.
[1049] The wireless channel for the MIMO-OFDM system may be characterized by a set of channel response matrices H(k), for subband index k e K, where K = {1 ... 26} for the exemplary subband structure described above. The matrix H(k) for each subband includes NTN, values, {11/41(k)}, for iE {1 ... NR} and je ... NT}, where h, (k)represents the channel gain between the j-th transmit antenna and the i-th receive antenna.
[1050] The MIMO pilot may be used by the receiver to estimate the response of the wireless channel. In particular, to recover the pilot sent from transmit antenna j and received by receive antenna i, the received OFDM symbols on antenna i are first multiplied with the Walsh sequence assigned to transmit antenna j. The "decovered" OFDM symbols for all Np symbol periods for the MIMO pilot are then accumulated, where the accumulation may be performed individually for each of the 52 usable subbands. The accumulation may also be performed in the time domain on the received OFDM symbols (after removing the cyclic prefix in each OFDM symbol). The accumulation is performed on a sample-by-sample basis over multiple received OFDM symbols, where the samples for each OFDM symbol correspond to different subbands if the accumulation is performed after the FFT and to different time indices if the accumulation is performed prior to the FFT. The result of the accumulation is , for k e K, which are estimates of the channel response from transmit antenna j to receive antenna i for the 52 usable subbands. The same processing may be performed to estimate the channel response from each transmit antenna to each receive antenna. The pilot processing provides NTNR
complex values for each subband, where the complex values are elements of the matrix il(k) for the channel response estimate for that subband.
=
[1051] The pilot processing described above may be performed by the access point to obtain the channel response estimate ii.,(k) for the uplink, and may also be performed by the user terminal to obtain the channel response estimate (k) for the downlink.
3. Steered Reference or Steered Pilot [1052] For a MIMO-OFDM system, the channel response matrix H(k) for each subband may be "diagonalized" to obtain the Ns eigenmodes for that subband, where Ns lc. min{NT, NJ. This may be achieved by performing either singular value decomposition on the channel response matrix II(k) or eigenvalue decomposition on the correlation matrix of 11(k), which is R(k)=HH (k)H(k) . For clarity, singular value decomposition is used for the following description.
[1053] The singular value decomposition of the channel response matrix H(k) may be expressed as:
= H(k)=U(k)E(k)VH (k) , for k E K, Eq (1) where U(k) is an (NR xNR) unitary matrix of left eigenvectors of H(k);
E(k) is an (NR x NT) diagonal matrix of singular values of II(k);
V (k) is an (NT x NT) unitary matrix of right eigenvectors of 11(k); and "H" denotes the conjugate transpose.
A unitary matrix M is characterized by the property MHM = I , where I is the = identity matrix.
[1054] Singular value decomposition is described in further detail by Gilbert Strang in a book entitled "Linear Algebra and Its Applications," Second Edition, Academic Press, 1980. An eigenmode normally refers to a theoretical construct. The MIMO channel may also be viewed as including Ns spatial channels that may be used for data/pilot transmission. Each spatial channel may or may not correspond to an eigenmode, depending on whether or not the spatial processing at the transmitter was successful in diagonalizing the MIMO
channel. For example, data streams are transmitted on spatial channels (and not eigenmodes) of a MIMO channel if the transmitter has no knowledge or an imperfect estimate of the MIMO channel. For simplicity, the term "eigenmode"
is also used herein to denote the case where an attempt is made to diagonalize the MIMO channel, even though it may not be fully successful due to, for example, an imperfect channel estimate.
[1055] The diagonal matrix E(k) for each subband contains non-negative real values along the diagonal and zeros everywhere else. These diagonal entries are referred to as the singular values of H(k) and represent the gains for the independent channels (or eigenmodes) of the MIMO channel for the k-th subband.
[1056] The eigenvalue decomposition may be performed independently for the channel response matrix II(k) for each of the 52 usable subbands to determine the Ns eigenmodes for the subband. The singular values for each diagonal matrix E(k) may be ordered such that fcri(k).?. 0.2(k) (k) , where (71(k) is the largest singular value, o2(k) is the second largest singular value, and so on, and crN Jk) is the smallest singular value for the k-th subband. When the singular values for each diagonal matrix E(k) are ordered, the eigenvectors (or columns) of the associated matrices U(k) and V(k) are also ordered correspondingly. After the ordering, 49-1(k) represents the singular value for the best eigenmode for subband k, which is also often referred to as the "principal" eigenmode.
[1057] A "wideband" eigenmode may be defined as the set of same-order eigenmodes of all subbands after the ordering. Thus, the m-th wideband eigenmode includes the m-th eigenmode of all subbands. Each wideband eigenmode is associated with a respective set of eigenvectors for all of the subbands. The "principal" wideband eigenmode is the one associated with the largest singular value in each matrix t(k) of each subband after the ordering.
[1058] The matrix V(k) includes NT eigenvectors that may be used for spatial processing at the transmitter, where V(k) =[v1(k) v2(k) v (k)] and vn,(k) is the m-th column of V(k) , which is the eigenvector for the m-th eigenmode. For a unitary matrix, the eigenvectors are orthogonal to one another. The eigenvectors are also referred to as "steering" vectors.
[1059] A steered reference (i.e., a steered pilot) comprises one or more sets of pilot symbols that are transmitted from the NT transmit antennas. In an embodiment, one set of pilot symbols is transmitted on one set of subbands for one wideband eigenmode in a given symbol period by performing spatial processing with a set of steering vectors for that wideband eigenmode. In another embodiment, multiple sets of pilot symbols are transmitted on multiple disjoint sets of subbands for multiple wideband eigenmodes in a given symbol period by performing spatial processing with multiple sets of steering vectors for these wideband eigenmodes (using subband multiplexing, which is described below). For clarity, the following description assumes that one set of pilot symbols is transmitted on one wideband eigenmode in a given symbol period (i.e., no subband multiplexing).
[1060] In an embodiment, the set of pilot symbols for the steered reference is the same P OFDM symbol used for the MIMO pilot. However, various other OFDM symbols may also be used for the steered reference, and this is within the scope of the invention.
[1061] A steered reference transmitted for the m-th wideband eigenmode (using beam-forming, which is described below) may be expressed as:
=
xn, (k)= v õ,(k) = p(k) ,for kà K, Eq (2) where x (k) is an (NT x1) transmit vector for the m-th eigenmode of the k-th subband;
v (k) is the steering vector for the m-th eigenmode of the k-th subband;
and p(k) is the pilot symbol for the k-th subband (e.g., as given in Table 2).
The vector L(k) includes NT transmit symbols to be sent from the NT transmit antennas for the k-th subband.
[1062] The steered reference may be used by the receiver to estimate a vector that may be used for spatial processing of both data reception and transmission, as described below. The processing for the steered reference is described in further detail below.
4. Carrier Pilot [1063] The exemplary OFDM subband structure described above includes four pilot subbands with indices of -21, -7, 7, and 21. In an embodiment, a carrier pilot is transmitted on the four pilot subbands in all symbol periods that are not used for some other types of pilot. The carrier pilot may be used by the receiver to track the changes in the phase of an RF carrier signal and drifts in the oscillators at both the transmitter and receiver. This may provide improved data demodulation performance.
[1064] In an embodiment, the carrier pilot comprises four pilot sequences, Pi(n), Pa(n) , Pa(n), and F(n), that are transmitted on the four pilot subbands. In an embodiment, the four pilot sequences are defined as follows:
Pci(n) = Pc2(n) = F3 (n) = ¨Pc4(n) Eq (3) where n is an index for symbol period (or OFDM symbol).
[1065] The pilot sequences may be defined based on various data sequences. In an embodiment, the pilot sequence 1c1(n) is generated based on a polynomial G(x)= +x4 + x , where the initial state is set to all ones and the output bits are mapped to signal values as follows: 1 ¨1 and 0 1. The pilot sequence Pa(n), for n=11, 2, ... 127), may then be expressed as:
Pd(n)= ,-1,1 ,-1,-1,-1,-1,1,1,-1,1,-1,-1,1,1,-1 ,1,1,-1,1 ,1,1,1,1,1,-1,1, 1,1,-1,1,1,-1,-1,1,1,1,-1,1,-1,-1,-1,1,-1,1,-1,-1,1,-1,-1,1,1,1,1,1,-1,-1,1,1, -1,-1,1,-1,1,-1,1,1,-1,-1,-1,1,1,-1,-1,-1,-1,1,-1,-1,1,-1,1,1,1,1,-1,1,-1,1,-1,1, -1,-1,-1,-1,-1,1,-1,1,1,-1,1,-1,1,1,1,-1,-1,1,-1,-1,-1,1,1,1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1, 1).
The values of "1" and "-1" in the pilot sequence Pd(n) may be mapped to pilot symbols using a particular modulation scheme. For example, using BPSK, a "1"
may be mapped to 1+ j and a d-1" may be mapped to ¨(1+ j) . If there are more than 127 OFDM symbols, then the pilot sequence may be repeated so that P1(n) = Pei(n mod 127) for n >127 .
[1066] In one embodiment, the four pilot sequences Pd(n), Pa(n) , Pa(n) , and 44(n) are transmitted on four different subband/antenna pairings. Table 5 shows an exemplary assignment of the four pilot sequences to the four pilot subbands and four transmit antennas.
Table 5 - Carrier Pilot Subband Antenna 1 Antenna 2 Antenna 3 Antenna 4 -21 Pa (2) -7 Pc2(n) 7 Po (fl) Pc4(2) As shown in Table 5, the pilot sequence F1(n) is transmitted on subband -21 of antenna 1, the pilot sequence F2(n) is transmitted on subband -7 of antenna 2, the pilot sequence F3(n) is transmitted on subband 7 of antenna 3, and the pilot sequence F4(n) is transmitted on subband 21 of antenna 4. Each pilot sequence is thus transmitted on a unique subband and a unique antenna. This carrier pilot transmission scheme avoids interference that would result if a pilot sequence is transmitted over multiple transmit antennas on a given subband.
[1067] In another embodiment, the four pilot sequences are transmitted on the principal eigenmode of their assigned subbands. The spatial processing for the carrier pilot symbols is similar to the spatial processing for the steered reference, which is described above and shown in equation (2). To transmit the carrier pilot on the principal eigenmode, the steering vector vi(k) is used for the spatial processing. Thus, the pilot sequence 13,1(n) is spatially processed with the steering vector vi(-26), the pilot sequence Pa(n) is spatially processed with the steering vector v1(-7) , the pilot sequence Pa(n) is spatially processed with the steering vector v1(7) , and the pilot sequence Pa(n) is spatially processed with the steering vector v1(26) .
II. Pilots for Single-Carrier MIMO Systems El 068] The pilots described herein may also be used for single-carrier MIMO
systems that do not employ OFDM. In that case, much of the description above still applies but without the subband index k. For the beacon pilot, a specific pilot modulation symbol b may be transmitted from each of the NT transmit antennas. For the MIMO pilot, a specific pilot modulation symbol p may be covered with NT orthogonal sequences and transmitted from the NT transmit antennas. The pilot symbol b may be the same or different from the pilot symbol p. The steered reference may be transmitted as shown in equation (2).
However, the transmit vector x. , steering vector v. , and pilot symbol p are not functions of subband index k. The carrier pilot may be transmitted in a time division multiplexed manner or may simply be omitted.
[1069] For a MIMO-OFDM system, the cyclic prefix is typically used to ensure orthogonality across the subbands in the presence of delay spread in the system, and the orthogonal codes allow for identification of the individual transmit antennas. For a single-carrier MIMO system, the orthogonal codes are relied upon for both orthogonality and antenna identification. Thus, the orthogonal codes used for covering the pilot symbols in a single-carrier MIMO
system may be selected to have good cross-correlation and peak-to-sidelobe properties (i.e., the correlation between any two orthogonal sequences used for covering is small in the presence of delay spread in the system). An example of such an orthogonal code with good cross-correlation and peak-to-sidelobe = properties is the M-sequence and its time-shifted versions. However, other types of codes may also be used for covering pilot symbols for the single-carrier MIMO system.
[1070] For a wideband single-carrier MIMO system, the steered reference may be transmitted in various manners to account for frequency selective fading (i.e., a frequency response that is not flat across the operating band).
Several schemes for transmitting a steered reference in a wideband single-carrier MIMO
system are described below. In general, a transmitter Can transmit a reference waveform that is processed in the same or similar manner as the processing used to transmit traffic data on specific wideband eigenmodes. The receiver can then in some manner correlate the received waveform against a locally generated copy of the transmitted reference waveform, and extract information about the channel that allows the receiver to estimate a channel matched filter.
[1071] In a first scheme, a transmitter initially obtains a steering vector v m(k) for an eigenmode. The steering vector vi(k) may be obtained by periodically transmitting OFDM pilot symbols, by performing frequency-domain analysis on a received MIMO pilot that has been transmitted without OFDM, or by some other means. For each value of k, where 1 k NF, v (k) is an NT -vector with NT entries for NT transmit antennas. The transmitter then performs an inverse fast Fourier transform on each of the NT vector positions of the steering vector !mV")i with k as the frequency variable in the IFFT computation, to obtain a corresponding time-domain pulse for an associated transmit antenna. Each vector position of the vector vm(k) includes NF values for NF frequency subbands, and the corresponding time-domain pulse is a sequence of NF time-domain values. The terminal then appends a cyclic prefix to this time-domain pulse to obtain a steered reference pulse for the transmit antenna. One set of NT steered reference pulses is generated for each eigenmode and may be transmitted in the same time interval from all N transmit antennas. Multiple sets of pulses may be generated for multiple eigenmodes and may be transmitted in a TDM manner.
[1072] For the first scheme, a receiver samples the received signal to obtain a received vector r .(n) , removes the cyclic prefix, and performs a fast Fourier transform on each vector position of the received vector r (n) to obtain an estimate of a corresponding entry of H(k)v.(k). Each vector position of the received vector r .(n) (after the cyclic prefix removal) includes NF time-domain samples. The receiver then uses the estimate of j(k)V(k) to synthesize a time-domain matched filter that may be used to filter a received data transmission. The time-domain matched filter includes a matched filter pulse for each of the received antennas. The synthesis of the time-domain matched filter is described in commonly assigned U.S. Patent Application Serial No.
10/017,308, entitled "Time-Domain Transmit and Receive Processing with Channel Eigen-mode Decomposition for MIMO Systems," filed December 7, 2001.
[1073] For the first scheme, the transmitter processing for the steered reference in a single-carrier MIMO system is similar to the transmitter processing for the steered reference in a MIMO-OFDM system. However, other transmission after the steered reference is transmitted on a single-carrier waveform, such as the one described in the aforementioned U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 10/017,308. Moreover, the receiver uses the steered reference to synthesize time domain matched filters, as described above.
[1074] in a second scheme, a transmitter isolates a single multipath component for the wideband channel. This may be achieved, for example, by searching a received MIMO pilot with a sliding correiator in similar manner as often performed in CDMA systems to search for multipath components. The transmitter then treats this multipath component as a narrowband channel and obtains a single steering vector vm for the multipath component for each eigenmode. Again, multiple steering vectors may be generated for multiple eigenmodes for this multipath component.
III. Pilot Structure for a TDD MIMO-OFDM System [1075] The pilots described herein may be used for various MIMO and MIMO-OFDM systems. These pilots may be used for systems that use a common or separate frequency bands for the downlink and uplink. For clarity, an exemplary pilot structure for an exemplary MIMO-OFDM system is described below. For this MIMO-OFDM system, the downlink and uplink are time-division duplexed (TDD) on a single frequency band.
[1076] FIG. 2 shows an embodiment of a frame structure 200 that may be used for a TDD MIMO-OFDM system. Data transmission occurs in units of TDD
frames, each of which spans a particular time duration (e.g., 2 msec). Each TDD frame is partitioned into a downlink phase and an uplink phase. The downlink phase is further partitioned into multiple segments for multiple downlink transport channels. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, the downlink transport channels include a broadcast channel (BCH), a forward control channel (FCCH), and a forward channel (FCH). Similarly, the uplink phase is partitioned into multiple segments for multiple uplink transport channels. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, the uplink transport channels include a reverse channel (RCH) and a random access channel (RACH).
[1077] On the downlink, a BCH segment 210 is used to transmit one BCH
protocol data unit (PDU) 212, which includes a portion 214 for a beacon pilot, a portion 216 for a MIMO pilot, and a portion 218 for a BCH message. The BCH
message carries system parameters for the user terminals in the system. An FCCH segment 220 is used to transmit one FCCH PDU, which carries assignments for downlink and uplink resources and other signaling for the user terminals. An FCH segment 230 is used to transmit one or more FCH PDUs 232. Different types of FCH PDU may be defined. For example, an FCH PDU
232a includes a portion 234a for a pilot and a portion 236a for a data packet.
An FCH PDU 232b includes a single portion 236b for a data packet. An FCH
PDU 232c includes a single portion 234c for a pilot.
[1078] On the uplink, an RCH segment 240 is used to transmit one or more RCH PDUs 242 on the uplink. Different types of RCH PDU may also be defined. For example, an RCH PDU 242a includes a single portion 246a for a data packet. An RCH PDU 242h includes a portion 244b for a pilot and a portion 246b for a data packet. An RCH PDU 242c includes a single portion 244c for a pilot. An RACH segment 250 is used by the user terminals to gain access to the system and to send short messages on the uplink. An RACH
PDU 252 may be sent within RACH segment 250 and includes a portion 254 for a pilot and a portion 256 for a message.
[1079] For the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, the beacon and MIMO pilots are sent on the downlink in each TDD frame in the BCH segment. A pilot may or may not be sent in any given FCH/RCH PDU. If the pilot is sent, then it may span all or only a portion of the PDU, as shown in FIG. 2. A pilot is sent in an RACH PDU to allow the access point to estimate pertinent vectors during access. The pilot portion is also referred to as a "preamble". The pilot that is sent in any given FCH/RCH PDU may be a steered reference or a MIMO pilot, depending on the purpose for which the pilot is used. The pilot sent in an RACH PDU is typically a steered reference, although a MIMO pilot may also be sent instead. The carrier pilot is transmitted on the pilot subbands and in the portions that are not used for other pilot 'transmissions. The carrier pilot is not shown in FIG. 2 for simplicity. The durations of the various portions in FIG.
are not drawn to scale.
[1080] The frame structure and transport channels shown in FIG. 2 are described in detail in the aforementioned provisional U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 60/421,309.
1. Calibration [1081] For a TDD MIMO-OFDM system with a shared frequency band, the downlink and uplink channel responses may be assumed to be reciprocal of one another. That is, if H(k) represents a channel response matrix from antenna array A to antenna array B for subband k, then a reciprocal channel implies that the coupling from array B to array A is given by HT (k) , where TIT denotes the transpose of H. For the TOO MIMO-OFDM system, the reciprocal channel characteristics can be exploited to simplify the channel estimation and spatial processing at both the transmitter and receiver.
El 082] However, the frequency responses of the transmit and receive chains at the access point are typically different from the frequency responses of the transmit and receive chains at the user terminal. An "effective" downlink channel response, IL. (k) , and an "effective" uplink channel response, Hup(k) , which include the responses of the applicable transmit and receive chains, may be expressed as:
He,, (k) =Rõ,(k)H(k)T ap(k) , for k E K, and Eq (4) , for k E K, where Tap(k) and Rap(k) are Nap xNap diagonal matrices for the frequency responses of the transmit chain and receive chain, respectively, at the access point for subband k, T(k) and R(k) are Nõ xNõ diagonal matrices for the frequency responses of the transmit chain and receive chain, respectively, at the user terminal for subband k, Nõ, is the number of antennas at the access point; and N, is the number of antennas at the user terminal.
[1083] Combining the equations in equation set (4), the following is obtained:
11õp (k)Kõ,(k)= (Ild,,(k)Kap(k)f ,for kE K, Eq (5) where K(k) = Tal,(k)Rõ(k) and Kap(k) = tp(k)Rõp(k). Because T(k), Ra,(k), T p(k), and Rap(k) are diagonal matrices, Kap(k) and K(k) are also diagonal matrices.
[1084] Calibration may be performed to obtain estimates, itap(k) and kt(k), of the actual diagonal matrices, Kap(k) and K,(k) , for Ice K. The matrices itap(k) and k(k) contain correction factors that can account for differences in the frequency responses of the transmit/receive chains at the access point and user terminal. A "calibrated" downlink channel response, H dõ(k), observed by the user terminal and a "calibrated" uplink channel response, BLõp(k) , observed by the access point may then be expressed as:
H dt, ( k ) =11thi(k)kap(k) , for kE K, and Eq (6a) Hcõp(k)=11õp(k)1Z,(k) , for ke K, where Eq (6b) 11,õõ(k) =HTõ,p(k) , for kE K. Eq (6c) The accuracy of the relationship in equation (6c) is dependent on the accuracy of the correction matrices, ap(k) and tta(k) , which is in turn dependent on the quality of the estimates of the effective downlink and uplink channel responses, H(k) and il(k), used to derive these correction matrices. A correction vector i11(k) may be defined to include only the Ni, diagonal elements of it(k) , and a correction vector iiap(k) may be defined to include only the Nap diagonal elements of Itp(k). Calibration is described in detail in the aforementioned provisional U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 60/421,462.
[1085] The pilots described herein may also be used for MIMO and MIMO-OFDM systems that do not perform calibration. For clarity, the following description assumes that calibration is performed and that the correction matrices ap(k) and IZ,(k) are used in the transmit paths at the access point and the user terminal, respectively.
2. Beacon and MIMO Pilots [1086] As shown in FIG. 2, the beacon pilot and MIMO pilot are transmitted on the downlink in the BCH for each TDD frame. The beacon pilot may be used by the user terminals for timing and frequency acquisition. The MIMO pilot may be used by the user terminals to (1) obtain an estimate of the downlink MIMO
channel, (2) derive steering vectors for uplink transmission, and (3) derive a matched filter for downlink transmission, as described below.
[1087] In an exemplary pilot transmission scheme, the beacon pilot is transmitted for two symbol periods and the MIMO pilot is transmitted for eight symbol periods at the start of the BCH segment. Table 6 shows the beacon and MIMO pilots for this exemplary scheme.
[1088]
Table 6 - Beacon and MIMO Pilots for BCH
Pilot Symbol Antenna 1 Antenna 2 Antenna 3 Antenna 4 Type Period Beacon 1 Pilot 2 3 +P +P +P +P
4 +P -P +P -P
+P +P -P -P
MIMO 6 +P -P -P +P
Pilot 7 +P +P +P +P
8 +P -P +P -P
9 +P +P -P -P
+P -P -P +P
[1089] The beacon pilot transmitted on the downlink may be expressed as:
xthop(k) --.11õp(k)b(k) , for k E K, Eq (7) where Lca.õ,(k) is a transmit vector for subband k for the beacon pilot;
and b(k) is the pilot symbol to be transmitted on subband k for the beacon pilot, which is given in Table 2.
As shown in equation (7), the beacon pilot is scaled by the correction vector ilap(k) but not subjected to any other spatial processing.
[1090] The MIMO pilot transmitted on the downlink may be expressed as:
x(k) = (k)w,, p(k) ,for k e K, Eq (8) where x(k) is an (Nap xl) transmit vector for subband k in symbol period n for the downlink MIMO pilot;
wdm, is an (Nap xi) vector with Nap Walsh chips for the Nap transmit antennas at the access point in symbol period n for the downlink MIMO pilot; and p(k) is the pilot symbol to be transmitted on subband k for the MIMO
pilot, which is given in Table 2.
[1091] As shown in equation (8), the MIMO pilot is covered by the vector w and further scaled by the correction matrix ap(k) , but not subjected to any other spatial 'processing. The same Walsh vector w is used for all subbands, and thus w is not a function of the subband index k However, since each Walsh sequence is a unique sequence of 4 Walsh chips for 4 symbol periods, waa,a is a function of symbol period n. The vector wan.. thus includes Nap Walsh chips to be used for the Nap transmit antennas at the access point for symbol period n. For the scheme shown in Table 6, the four vectors wda,a , for n = {3, 4, 5, 6}, for the first four symbol periods of MIMO pilot transmission on the BCH are w3 = [1 1 1 1], w4 =11 -11 -11, w5 = [1 1 -1 -1], w6 = [1 -1 -1 1], and the four vectors wdn.n , for n = {7, 8, 9, 10}, for the next four symbol periods are repeated such that w7 = w3, w8 = w4, W9 = w5, and w = w -10 -6 =
[1092] The MIMO pilot transmitted on the uplink may be expressed as:
p(k) ,for k E K, Eq (9) where ; ..(k) is an (N t, xl) transmit vector for subband kin symbol period n for the uplink MIMO pilot. The Walsh vector wap,a used for the uplink MIMO
pilot may be the same or different from the Walsh vector wda.a used for the downlink MIMO pilot. For example, if a user terminal is equipped with only two transmit antennas, then w may include two Walsh sequences with length of 2 or greater.
3. Spatial Processing [1093] As described above, the channel response matrix for each subband may be diagonalized to obtain the Ns eigenmodes for that subband. The singular value decomposition of the calibrated uplink channel response matrix, Hut, (k) , may be expressed as:
11(k) = U ap(k)E(k)V ,õHt(k) , for k e K, Eq (10) where Uv(k) is an (N x N õ) unitary matrix of left eigenvectors of licup (k);
Z(k) is an (N x Na,,) diagonal matrix of singular values of IIõ,p(k) ; and Y(k) is an (N x Nap) unitary matrix of right eigenvectors of [1094] Similarly, the singular value decomposition of the calibrated downlink channel response matrix, 11(k) , may be expressed as:
,for k E K, Eq (11) where the matrices V:, (k) and Usõp(k) are unitary matrices of left and right eigenvectors, respectively, of ILAõ (k).
[1095] As shown in equations (10) and (11) and based on the above description, the matrices of left and right eigenvectors for one link are the complex conjugate of the matrices of right and left eigenvectors, respectively, for the other link. For simplicity, reference to the matrices I .1 ap(k) and y(k) in the following description may also refer to their various other forms (e.g., V, (k) may refer to V õ, (k) , Vsõ (k), V:(k), and V õHt (k) ). The matrices U,,p(k) and y(k) may be used by the access point and user terminal, respectively, for spatial processing and are denoted as such by their subscripts.
[1096] In an embodiment, the user terminal can estimate the calibrated downlink channel response based on a MIMO pilot transmitted by the access point. The user terminal may then perform singular value decomposition of the calibrated downlink channel response estimate fica (k) , for k E K , to obtain the diagonal matrix i(k) and the matrix V (k) of left eigenvectors of ftcd.(k) for each subband. This singular value decomposition may be given as fleck, (k)= Vsut(k)i(k)trap(k), where the hat ("A") above each matrix indicates that it is an estimate of the actual matrix. Similarly, the access point can estimate the calibrated uplink channel response based on a MIMO pilot transmitted by the user terminal. The access point may then perform singular value decomposition of the calibrated uplink channel response estimate fic.(k), for k E K, to obtain the diagonal matrix i(k) and the matrix f.1õp(k) of left eigenvectors of 11(k) for each subband. This singular value decomposition may be given as ft p ( k ) = 17J p (k)i(k) (k). The access point and user terminal may also obtain the required eigenvectors based on a steered reference, as described below.
[1097] Data transmission can occur on one or multiple wideband eigenmodes for each link. The specific number of wideband eigenmodes to use for data transmission is typically dependent on the channel conditions and may be selected in various manners. For example, the wideband eigenmodes may be selected by using a water-filling procedure that attempts to maximize the overall throughput by (1) selecting the best set of one or more wideband eigenmodes to use, and (2) distributing the total transmit power among the selected wideband eigenmode(s).
[1098] The MIMO-OFDM system may thus be designed to support multiple operating modes, including:
= Spatial multiplexing mode - used to transmit data on multiple wideband eigenmodes, and = Beam-steering mode - used to transmit data on the principal (best) wideband eigenmode.
[1099] Data transmission on multiple wideband eigenmodes may be achieved by performing spatial processing with multiple sets of eigenvectors in the matrices Uap(k) or Vut(k) , for k E K (i.e., one set of eigenvectors for each wideband eigenmode). Table 7 summarizes the spatial processing at the access point and user terminal for both data transmission and reception for the spatial multiplexing mode.
Table 7 - Spatial Processing for Spatial Multiplexing Mode Downlink Uplink Access Transmit: Receive:
Point x,, (k) = kap (k)Cap(k)s,(k)0. H
gup(k)= E (k)Unp(k)rw(k) User Receive: Transmit:
Terminalõ T
gdn(k)=E (k)Vut(k)rdn(k) 7{,p(k)=itin(k)V (k)s (k) In Table 7, s(k) is a "data÷ vector with up to N5 non-zero entries for the modulation symbols to be transmitted on the N eigenmodes of subband k, x(k) is a transmit vector for subband k, r(k) is a received vector for subband k, and i(k) is an estimate of the transmitted data vector s(k). The subscripts "dn"
and "up" for these vectors denote downlink and uplink transmissions, respectively.
[1100] Data transmission on one wideband eigenmode may be achieved by using either "beam-forming" or "beam-steering". For beam-forming, the modulation symbols are spatially processed with a set of eigenvectors V(k) or fiva (k), for ice K, for the principal wideband eigenmode. For beam-steering, the modulation symbols are spatially processed with a set of "normalized" (or "saturated") eigenvectors Võ(k) or iiap(k) , for k E K, for the principal wideband eigenmode. The normalized eigenvectors Võ (k) and iiv(k) can be derived as described below.
[1101] The spatial processing for the spatial multiplexing and beam-steering modes is described in detail in the aforementioned provisional U.S. Patent Application Serial Nos. 60/421,309 and 60/421,428. The steered references for the spatial multiplexing and beam-steering modes are described below.
4. Steered Reference [1102] For a reciprocal channel (e.g., after calibration has been performed to account for differences in the transmit/receive chains at the access point and user terminal), a steered reference may be transmitted by the user terminal and used by the access point to obtain estimates of both ti ap(k) and (k),i for k E K, without having to estimate the MIMO channel or perform the singular value decomposition. Similarly, a steered reference may be transmitted by the access point and used by the user terminal to obtain estimates of both V (k) and i(k) , for k e K .
[1103] In an embodiment, the steered reference comprises a set of pilot symbols (e.g., the P OFDM symbol) that is transmitted on one wideband eigenmode in a given symbol period by performing spatial processing with a set of unnormalized or normalized eigenvectors for that wideband eigenmode. In an alternative embodiment, the steered reference comprises multiple sets of pilot symbols that are transmitted on multiple wideband eigenmodes in the same symbol period by performing spatial processing with multiple sets of unnormalized or normalized eigenvectors for these wideband eigenmodes. In any case, the steered reference is transmitted from all N op antennas at the access point (for the downlink) and all N antennas at the user terminal (for the uplink). For clarity, the following description assumes that the steered reference is transmitted for one wideband eigenmode in a given symbol period.
A. Downlink Steered Reference - Spatial Multiplexing Mode [1104] For the spatial multiplexing mode, the downlink steered reference transmitted on the rn-th wideband eigenmode by the access point may be expressed as:
Liisr,m(k) = Kap (k)Liap,(k)p(k) , for k E K, Eq (12) where xdõ, (k) is the transmit vector for the k-th subband of the m-th wideband eigenmode;
is the eigenvector for the k-th subband of the m-th wideband eigenmode; and p(k) is the pilot symbol to be transmitted on subband k for the steered reference (e.g., as given in Table 2).
The steering vector il*apõ(k) is the m-th column of the matrix Cap(k) , where U v(k).[Lisap j(k) fi*apa (k) [1105] The received downlink steered reference at the user terminal for the spatial multiplexing mode may be expressed as:
rdn.s, (k) = II (1C)X...ni (k) + ndn (k) , for k E K, Eq (13) (k)crõ,(k)p(k)+ndn(k) where cm(k) is the singular value for the k-th subband of the m-th wideband eigenmode.
B. Downlink Steered Reference - Beam-Steering Mode [1106] For the beam-steering mode, the spatial processing at the transmitter is performed using a set of "normalized" eigenvectors for the principal wideband eigenmode. The overall transfer function with a normalized eigenvector ü,( k) is different from the overall transfer function with an unnornnalized eigenvector CIL:pa (k) (i.e., (k)IZ q) (1011:pa (k) lida(k)kp(k)elap(k)). A steered reference generated using the set of normalized eigenvectors for the principal wideband eigenmode may then be sent by the transmitter and used by the receiver to derive the matched filter for the beam-steering mode.
[1107] For the beam-steering mode, the downlink steered reference transmitted on the principal wideband eigenmode by the access point may be expressed as:
idnx (k) = kap(k)11õp (k)p(k) , for k e K, Eq (14) where ap(k) is the normalized eigenvector for the k-th subband of the principal wideband eigenmode, which may be expressed as:
a p (k) =[Ael8"(k) Aei "2(k) Aeje'"(1c3f , Eq (15) where A is a constant (e.g., A =1); and 01(k) is the phase for the k-th subband of the i-th transmit antenna, which is given as:
La:p31(k). tarCi inita:P'1'1(k)}= Eq (16) Refiia*p3,,(k)) [1108] As shown in equation (15), the N ap elements of the vector have equal magnitudes but possibly different phases. As shown in equation (16), the phase of each element in the vector tlap(k) is obtained from the corresponding element of the vector iCap,1(k) (i.e., 19õ1(k) is obtained from where 114,3(1)= [ila*p,i,i(k) 14,1,2(k) 1rap.1,N v(k)]T ) =
[1109] The received downlink steered reference at the user terminal for the beam-steering mode may be expressed as:
idn.sr(k) = Hdr, (k)Rd,..(k) nd. (k) , for k E K. Eq (17) llcdn (k)iiap (k)p(k) + nd.(k) C. Uplink Steered Reference - Spatial Multiplexing Mode [1110] For the spatial multiplexing mode, the uplink steered reference transmitted on the m-th .wideband eigenmode by the user terminal may be expressed as:
xup,s, (k) = ut (k)i õ,,,n(k)p(k) , for k e K. Eq (18) The vector i,'õ,,,õ(k) is the m-th column of the matrix ic(k), where (k) = [to (k) ut,2(k) Sut,Nw (0] =
[1111] The received uplink steered reference at the access point for the spatial multiplexing mode may be expressed as:
rup,õ,õ, (k) = Hup (k)xõp,s, (lc) + n (k) , for k E K. Eq (19) üiap,m(k)rn(1t')P(k) + n up (k) D. Uplink Steered Reference - Beam-Steering Mode [1112] For the beam-steering mode, the uplink steered reference transmitted on the principal wideband eigenmode by the user terminal may be expressed as:
(k) = (k)- ut(k) p(k) , for k E K. Eq (20) The normalized eigenvector u (k) for the k-th subband for the principal wideband eigenmode may be expressed as:
Vim (k) =[Aeje.I(k) Ae19.2(k) (k) 31- , Eq (21) where 11)ina,i(k)}) = tan4 lin (k) Eq (22) ReRt.ii(k)}
As shown in equation (22), the phase of each element in the vector V, (k) is obtained from the corresponding element of the eigenvector ir.3(k).
[1113] The received uplink steered reference at the access point for the beam-steering mode may be expressed as:
(k) = up (k)51 (k) + n up (k) , for k E K. Eq (23) Hcup (k)p(k) + n (k) [1114] Table 8 summarizes the spatial processing at the access point and user terminal for the steered reference for the spatial multiplexing and beam-steering modes.
Table 8 - Spatial Processing for Steered Reference Spatial Multiplexing Mode Beam-Steering Mode Access z_cdõ,s,,. = kap (1011:1,õu (k)p(k) dn,s, (k) = kap (k)iIap (k)p(k) Point User Terminal xu õ, (k) = Rut (k)i .,.(k)p(k) 51 (k) = kit ut(k)p(k) - P'"' E. Steered Reference Transmission [1115] For the exemplary frame structure shown in FIG. 2, the steered reference may be transmitted in the preamble or pilot portion of an FCH PDU
(for the downlink) or an RCH PDU (for the uplink). The steered reference may be transmitted in various manners.
[1116] In one embodiment, for the spatial multiplexing mode, the steered reference is transmitted for one or more wideband eigenmodes for each TDD
frame. The specific number of wideband eigenmodes to transmit in each TDD
frame may be dependent on the duration of the steered reference. Table 9 lists the wideband eigenmodes used for the steered reference in the preamble of an FCH/RCH PDU for various preamble sizes, for an exemplary design with four transmit antennas.
Table 9 Preamble Size Wideband Eigenmodes Used 0 OFDM symbol no preamble 1 OFDM symbol wideband eigenmode m, where m = frame counter mod 4 4 OFDM cycle through all 4 wideband eigenmodes in the preamble symbols 8 OFDM cycle through all 4 wideband eigenmodes twice in the symbols preamble [1117] As shown in Table 9, the steered reference is transmitted for all four wideband eigenmodes within the same TDD frame when the preamble size is four or eight symbol periods. The steered reference transmitted in the preamble of an FCH PDU by the access point for the n-th symbol period may be expressed as:
(k)=1:_tap(k)11:1310-1).d41+1(k)p(k) , for k E K and nE , Eq (24) where L is the preamble size (e.g., L=O, 1, 4, or 8 for the exemplary design shown in Table 9).
[1118] The steered reference transmitted in the preamble of an RCH PDU by the user terminal for the n-th symbol period may be expressed as:
xtu,,,,,,(k)=CCut(k)irut,[(n-1) mod 4]-1-1(k)P(k) for k e K and nà {1...L}. Eq (25) [1119] In equations (24) and (25), the four wideband eigenmodes are cycled through in each 4-symbol period by the "mod" operation for the steering vector.
This scheme may be used if the channel changes more rapidly and/or during the early part of a communication session when a good channel estimate needs to be obtained quickly for proper system operation.
[1120] In another embodiment, the steered reference is transmitted for one wideband eigenmode for each TDD frame. The steered reference for four wideband eigenmodes may be cycled through in four TDD frames. For example, the steering vectors i").42(k), .0(k), and irõo(k) may be used for four consecutive TDD frames by the user terminal. The particular steering vector to use for the steered reference in each TDD frame may be specified by a frame counter, which may be sent in the BCH message. This scheme may allow a shorter preamble to be used for the FCH and RCH PDUs. However, a longer time period may be needed to obtain a good estimate of the channel.
[1121] For the beam-steering mode, the normalized steering vector for the principal wideband eigenmode is used for the steered reference, as shown in equations (14) and (20). The duration of the steered reference may be selected, for example, based on the channel conditions.
[1122] While operating in the beam-steering mode, the user terminal may transmit multiple symbols of steered reference, for example, one or more symbols using the normalized eigenvectqr ut (k), one or more symbols using the eigenvector i7õ0 (k) for the principal eigenmode, and possibly one or more symbols using the eigenvectors for the other eigenmodes. The steered reference symbols generated with-7võ,(k) may be used by the access point to derive an uplink matched filter vector. This vector is used by the access point to perform matched filtering of the uplink data transmission sent by the user terminal using beam-steering. The steered reference symbols generated with (k) ftõ
may be used to obtain ,(k), which may then be used to derive the normalized eigenvector flap (k) that is used for beam-steering on the downlink.
The steered reference symbols generated with the eigenvectors is,u,.2(k) through utN (k) for the other eigenmodes may be used by the access point to obtain II ap,2 (k) through ilap.Ns (k) and the singular value estimates for these other eigenmodes. This information may then be used by the access point to determine whether to use the spatial multiplexing mode or the beam-steering =mode for downlink data transmission.
[1123] For the downlink, the user terminal may derive a downlink matched filter vector for the beam-steering mode based on the calibrated downlink channel response estimate flea (k). In particular, the user terminal has 11.10(k) = from the singular value decomposition of fica(k) and can then derive the normalized eigenvector iiõp(k) . The user terminal can then multiply iiap(k) with ii (k) to obtain fica (k)iiv (k), and may then derive the downlink matched filter vector for the beam-steering mode based on fica (01,1, (k) .
Alternatively, a steered reference may be sent by the access point using the normalized eigenvector flap (k) , and this steered reference may be processed by the user terminal in the manner described above to obtain the downlink matched filter vector for the beam-steering mode.
F. Subband Multiplexing for Steered Reference [1124] For both the spatial multiplexing and beam-steering modes, the steered reference may also be transmitted for multiple wideband eigenmodes for a given symbol period using subband multiplexing. The usable subbands may be partitioned into multiple disjoint sets of subbands, one set for each wideband eigenmode selected for steered reference transmission. Each set of subbands may then be used to transmit a steered reference for the associated wideband eigenmode. For simplicity, the term "wideband eigenmode" is used ' here even though the steered reference is sent on only a subset of all usable subbands.
[1125] For example, the steered reference may be transmitted on all four wideband eigenmodes in one symbol period. In this case, the 52 usable subbands may be partitioned into four disjoint sets (e.g., labeled as sets 1, 2, 3, and 4), with each set including 13 subbands. The 13 subbands in each set may be uniformly distributed across 52 usable subbands. The steered reference for the principal wideband eigenmode may then be transmitted on the 13 subbands in set 1, steered reference for the second wideband eigenmode may be transmitted on the 13 subbands in set 2, steered reference for the third wideband eigenmode may be transmitted on the 13 subbands in set 3, and steered reference for the fourth wideband eigenmode may be transmitted on the 13 subbands in set 4.
[1126] If the steered reference is sent on only a subset of all usable subbands for a given wideband eigenmode, then interpolation or some other technique may be used to obtain estimates for the subbands not used for steered reference transmission for that wideband eigenmode.
[1127] In general, the multiple sets of subbands may include the same or different number of subbands. For example, the number of subbands to include in each set may be dependent on the SNR of the wideband eigenmode associated with the set (e.g., more subbands may be assigned to a set associated with a poor quality wideband eigenmode). Moreover, the subbands in each set may be uniformly or non-uniformly distributed across the usable subbands. The multiple sets of subbands may also be associated with the same or different sets of pilot symbols.
[1128] Subband multiplexing may be used to reduce the amount of overhead needed to transmit the steered reference, which can improve the efficiency of the system.
G. Channel Estimation with the Steered Reference [1129] As shown in equation (13), at the user terminal, the received downlink steered reference for the spatial multiplexing mode (in the absence of noise) is ' approximately irsa,m(k)cr,a(k)p(k). Similarly, as shown in equation (19), at the access point, the received uplink steered reference for the spatial multiplexing mode (in the absence of noise) is approximately ilap.õ,(k)aõ,(k)p(k). The access point can thus obtain an estimate of 11.,,,m(k) and cria(k) based on a steered reference sent by the user terminal, and vice versa.
[1130] Various techniques may be used to process a steered reference. For clarity, the following description is for the processing of an uplink steered reference. The received vector at the access point is given in equation (19), which is r õp,s,õ,õ (k)g=-=iiapm(k)o-m(k)p(k)+nap(k).
[1131] In one embodiment, to obtain an estimate of 11õ,,õ,(k), the received vector r (k) for the steered reference sent on the m-th wideband eigenmode is first multiplied with the complex conjugate of the pilot symbol, p* (k) , that is used for the steered reference. The result may then be integrated over multiple received steered reference symbols for each wideband eigenmode to obtain an estimate of ilapm(k)cr.(k) , which is a scaled left eigenvector of ficup(k) for the m-th wideband eigenmode. Each of the Nap entries of the vector iiapm(k) is obtained based on a corresponding one of the Nap entries for the vector rup..(k), where the Nap entries of r apm(k) are the symbols received from the N ap antennas at the access point. Since eigenvectors have unit power, the singular value o(k) may be estimated based on the received power of the steered reference, which can be measured for each subband of each wideband eigenmode. The singular value estimate e r,,,(k) is then equal to the square root of the received power divided by the magnitude of the pilot symbol p(k) .
[1132] In another embodiment, a minimum mean square error (MMSE) technique is used to obtain an estimate of the vector (k) based on the received vector r up.õ...(k) for the steered reference. Since the pilot symbols p(k) are known, the access point can derive an estimate of 11õp,õ,(k) such that the mean square error between the received pilot symbols (obtained after performing the matched filtering on the received vector _ r np,sr, .(k)) and the transmitted pilot symbols is minimized. The use of the MMSE technique for spatial processing at the receiver is described in commonly assigned U.S.
Patent Application Serial No. 09/993,087, entitled "Multiple-Access Multiple-Input Multiple-Output (MIMO) Communication System," filed November 6, 2001.
[1133] The steered reference is sent for one wideband eigen mode in any given symbol period (without subband multiplexing), and may in turn be used to obtain an estimate of one eigenvector for each subband of that wideband eigenmode. Thus, the receiver is able to obtain an estimate of only one eigenvector in a unitary matrix for any given symbol period. Since estimates of multiple eigenvectors for the unitary matrix are obtained over different symbol periods, and due to noise and other sources of degradation in the wireless channel, the estimated eigenvectors for the unitary matrix (which are individually derived) are not likely be orthogonal to one another. The estimated eigenvectors may thereafter be used for matched filtering of a data transmission received on the same link and/or spatial processing of a data transmission sent on the other link. In this case, any errors in orthogonality among these estimated eigenvectors would result in cross-talk among the data streams sent on the eigenmodes corresponding to the eigenvectors. The cross-talk may degrade performance.
[1134] In an embodiment, the estimated eigenvectors for each unitary matrix are forced to be orthogonal to each other. The orthogonalization of the eigenvectors may be achieved using the Gram-Schmidt technique, which is described in detail in the aforementioned reference from Gilbert Strang, or some other technique.
[1135] Other techniques to process the steered reference may also be used, and this is within the scope of the invention.
[1136] The access point can thus estimate both tap (k) and i(k) based on the steered reference sent by the user terminal, without having to estimate the uplink channel response or perform singular value decomposition of fimp(k) .
[1137] The processing at the user terminal to estimate the matrices "isc (k) and (k),i for k e K, based on the downlink steered reference may be performed similar to that described above for the uplink steered reference.
[1138] For the beam-steering mode, on the uplink, the received vector up,sr,m (k) for the steered reference may be processed by the access point in a ¨
similar manner to obtain an estimate of fl (k)V (k) . The conjugate transpose of this estimate is then the matched filter for the uplink transmission in the beam-steering mode. On the downlink, the received vector cm (k) for the steered reference may be processed by the user terminal in a similar manner to obtain an estimate of licdõ(k)iiap (k) . The conjugate transpose of this estimate is then the matched filter for the downlink transmission in the beam-steering mode.
5. Carrier Pilot [1139] The carrier pilot may be transmitted on the pilot subbands in various manners for the TDD frame structure shown in FIG. 2. In one embodiment, the four pilot sequences are reset for each transport channel. Thus, on the downlink, the pilot sequences are reset for the first OFDM symbol of the BCH
message, reset again for the first OFDM symbol of the FCCH message, and reset for the first OFDM symbol sent on the FCH. In another embodiment, the pilot sequences are reset at the start of each TDD frame and repeated as often as needed. For this embodiment, the pilot sequences may be stalled during the preamble portions of the BCH and FCH. The carrier pilot may also be transmitted in other manners, and this is within the scope of the invention.
message, reset again for the first OFDM symbol of the FCCH message, and reset for the first OFDM symbol sent on the FCH. In another embodiment, the pilot sequences are reset at the start of each TDD frame and repeated as often as needed. For this embodiment, the pilot sequences may be stalled during the preamble portions of the BCH and FCH. The carrier pilot may also be transmitted in other manners, and this is within the scope of the invention.
6. Pilot Transmission Scheme [1140] Four types of pilot have been described above and may be used for MIMO and MIMO-OFDM systems. These four different types of pilot may be transmitted in various manners.
[1141] FIG. 3 shows downlink and uplink pilot transmissions for an exemplary pilot transmission scheme. Generally, block 310 corresponds to a system access phase, block 320 corresponds to a calibration phase, and block 330 corresponds to a normal operation phase.
[1142] A beacon pilot and a MIMO pilot are transmitted on the downlink by the access point in each TDD frame (block 312) to allow all user terminals in the system to acquire the system frequency and timing and to estimate the downlink channel (block 314). Block 314 may be performed as necessary to access the system.
[1143] Calibration may be performed prior to normal operation to calibrate out differences in the transmit/receive chains at the access point and user terminal. For the calibration, MIMO pilots may be transmitted by both the access point and the user terminal (blocks 322 and 326). The uplink MIMO pilot may be used by the access point to derive an estimate of the uplink channel (block 324), and the downlink MIMO pilot may be used by the user terminal to derive or update an estimate of the downlink channel (block 328). The downlink and uplink channel estimates are then used to derive the correction factors for the access point and the user terminal.
[1144] During normal operation, a steered reference may be transmitted on the uplink by the user terminal (1) if and when it desires a data transmission or (2) if it is scheduled for data transmission (block 332). The uplink steered reference may be used by the access point to estimate the pertinent unitary and diagonal matrices for the user terminal (block 334). A steered reference may optionally be transmitted by the access point to the user terminal (as shown by dashed block 336). The user terminal can continually update its estimate of the downlink channel based on the downlink MIMO pilot and update the pertinent unitary and diagonal matrices based on the downlink steered reference (if transmitted) (block 338). Carrier pilots are transmitted by the access point (block 340) and the user terminal (block 344) on the pilot subbands during portions that are not used for other pilots. The downlink carrier pilot is used by the user terminal to track the phase of the downlink carrier signal (block 342), and the uplink carrier pilot is used by the access point to track the phase of the uplink carrier signal (block 346).
[1145] For the pilot transmission scheme shown in FIG. 3, the user terminal estimates the downlink channel response based on the downlink MIMO pilot and transmits a steered reference on the uplink, which is then used by the access point to estimate the pertinent unitary and diagonal matrices for the user terminal. In certain instances, the user terminal may have obtained a bad estimate of the downlink channel response, in which case the uplink steered reference may be equally bad or possibly worse. In the worst case, the steering vector used by the user terminal may result in a beam null being pointed at the access point. If this occurs, then the access point would not be able to detect the uplink steered reference. To avoid this situation, the user terminal can perturb the phases of the N. elements of the steering vector it uses for the steered reference in situations where it detects that the access point is not receiving the steered reference properly. For example, if the user terminal is designated to transmit an uplink steered reference as part of a system access procedure, and if access to the system is not gained after a particular number of access attempts, then the user terminal can start to perturb the phases of the steering vector elements.
[1146] Various other pilot transmission schemes may also be implemented for MIMO and MIMO-OFDM systems, and this is within the scope of the invention. For example, the beacon and carrier pilots may be combined into a single pilot that can be used for frequency and timing acquisition and carrier phase tracking. As another example, the active user terminals may transmit MIMO pilots, instead of steered references, on the uplink.
IV. MIMO-OFDM System [1147] FIG. 4 shows a block diagram of an embodiment of an access point 110x and a user terminal 120x in MIMO-OFDM system 100. For clarity, in this embodiment, access point 110x is equipped with four antennas that can be used for data transmission and reception, and user terminal 120x is also equipped with four antennas for data transmission/reception. In general, the access point and user terminal may each be equipped with any number of transmit antennas and any number of receive antennas.
[1148] On the downlink, at access point 110x, a transmit (TX) data processor 414 receives traffic data from a data source 412 and signaling and other data from a controller 430. TX data processor 414 formats, codes, interleaves, and modulates (i.e., symbol maps) the data to provide modulation symbols. A TX
spatial processor 420 receives and multiplexes the modulation symbols from TX
data processor 414 with pilot symbols, performs the required spatial processing, and provides four streams of transmit symbols for the four transmit antennas.
[1149] Each modulator (MOD) 422 receives and processes a respective transmit symbol stream to provide a corresponding downlink modulated signal.
The four downlink modulated signals from modulators 422a through 422d are then transmitted from antennas 424a through 424d, respectively.
[1150] At user terminal 120x, four antennas 452a through 452d receive the transmitted downlink modulated signals, and each antenna provides a received signal to a respective demodulator (DEMOD) 454. Each demodulator 454 performs processing complementary to that performed at modulator 422 and provides received symbols. A receive (AX) spatial processor 460 then performs spatial processing on the received symbols from all demodulators 454a through 454d to provide recovered symbols, which are estimates of the modulation symbols transmitted by the access point. An RX data processor 470 further processes (e.g., symbol demaps, deinterleaves, and decodes) the recovered symbols to provide decoded data, which may be provided to a data sink 472 for storage and/or a controller 480 for further processing.
[1151] The processing for the uplink may be the same or different from the processing for the downlink. Data and signaling are processed (e.g., coded, interleaved, and modulated) by a TX data processor 488, multiplexed with pilot symbols, and further spatially processed by a TX spatial processor 490. The transmit symbols from TX spatial processor 490 are further processed by modulators 454a through 454d to generate four uplink modulated signals, which are then transmitted via antennas 452a through 452d.
[1152] At access point 410, the uplink modulated signals are received by antennas 424a through 424d, demodulated by demodulators 422a through 422d, and processed by an RX spatial processor 440 and an RX data processor 442 in a complementary manner to that performed at the user terminal. The decoded data for the uplink may be provided to a data sink 444 for storage and/or controller 430 for further processing.
[1153] Controllers 430 and 480 control the operation of various processing units at the access point and user terminal, respectively. Memory units 432 and 482 store data and program codes used by controllers 430 and 480, respectively.
[1154] FIG. 5 shows a block diagram of a TX spatial processor 420a that can generate a beacon pilot and which may be implemented within TX spatial processor 420 in FIG. 4. Processor 420a includes a number of beacon pilot subband processors 510a through 510k, one for each subband used to transmit the beacon pilot. Each subband processor 510 receives a pilot symbol b(k) for the beacon pilot and a correction matrix kap (k) for the associated subband.
[1155] Within each subband processor 510, the pilot symbol b(k) is scaled by four multipliers 514a through 514d with four correction factors kap j(k) through kapo(k), respectively, from the matrix it v(k) . Each multiplier 514 performs complex multiplication of the complex pilot symbol with a respective complex correction factor. The scaled pilot symbols from multipliers 514a through 514d are then provided to four buffers/multiplexers 520a through 520d, respectively, which also receive the scaled pilot symbols from other subband processors 510. Each buffer/multiplexer 520 multiplexes the scaled pilot symbols for all subbands used for beacon pilot transmission and signal values of zero for the unused subbands and provides a stream of transmit symbols for the associated transmit antenna.
[1156] FIG. 6A shows a block diagram of a TX spatial processor 420b that can generate a MIMO pilot. Processor 420b may be implemented within TX
spatial processor 420 or 490 in FIG. 4, but for clarity is described below for an implementation in TX spatial processor 420. Processor 420b includes a number of MIMO pilot subband processors 610a through 610k, one for each subband used to transmit the MIMO pilot. Each subband processor 610 receives a pilot symbol p(k) for the MIMO pilot and a correction matrix it ap(k) for the associated subband. Each subband processor 610 also receives four Walsh sequences, 1V1 through w4, assigned to the four transmit antennas at the access point.
[1157] Within each subband processor 610, the complex pilot symbol p(k) is covered by the four Walsh sequences 1471 through 14)4 by four complex multipliers 612a through 612d, respectively. The covered pilot symbols are further scaled by four complex multipliers 614a through 614d with four complex correction factors k,1(k) through kap,4(k), respectively, from the matrix ft.
(k) .
The scaled pilot symbols from multipliers 614a through 614d are then provided to four buffers/multiplexers 620a through 620d, respectively. The subsequent processing is as described above for FIG. 5.
[1158] For an implementation of processor 420b in TX spatial processor 490, the number of Walsh sequences to use is dependent on the number of transmit antennas available at the user terminal. Moreover, the scaling is performed with the correction factors from the matrix kg (k) for the user terminal.
[1159] FIG. 6B shows a block diagram of an RX spatial processor 460b that can provide a channel response estimate based on a received MIMO pilot.
Processor 460b may be implemented within RX spatial processor 440 or 460 in FIG. 4, but for clarity is described below for an implementation in RX spatial processor 460. Processor 460b includes a number of MIMO pilot subband processors 650a through 650k, one for each subband used for MIMO pilot transmission. Each MIMO pilot subband processor 650 receives a vector r(k) and a conjugated pilot symbol p( k) for the associated subband. Each subband processor 650 also receives the four Walsh sequences 1411 through 11,4 assigned to the four transmit antennas at the access point.
[1160] Each MIMO pilot subband processor 650 includes four MIMO pilot subband/antenna processors 660a through 660d for the four receive antennas at the user terminal. Each processor 660 receives one entry i(k) of the vector r(k) . Within each processor 660, the received symbol r(k) is first multiplied with the conjugated pilot symbol p* (k) by a complex multiplier 662. The output of multiplier 662 is further multiplied with the four Walsh sequences IN/
through 14/4 by four complex multipliers 664a through 664d, respectively. The outputs from multipliers 664a through 664d are then accumulated by accumulators 666a through 666d, respectively, for the duration of the MIMO pilot transmission.
Each pair of multiplier 664 and accumulator 666 performs decovering for one transmit antenna at the access point. The output from each accumulator 666 represents an estimate ik.j(k) of the channel gain from transmit antenna j to receive antenna i for subband k. The channel response estimates (iii.j(k)} , for i =11, 2, 3, 4} and j.(1, 2, 3, 4} , may further be averaged over multiple MIMO
pilot transmissions (not shown in FIG. 6B) to provide a more accurate estimate of the channel response.
[1161] As shown in FIG. 6B, each MIMO pilot subband/antenna processor 660 provides a row vector fiedo (k) [0k) i2 (k) 4.3 (k) 170(k)] for the associated receive antenna i, where fi(k) is the i-th row of the calibrated channel response estimate flcdõ(k) for the downlink (assuming that the access point applied its correction matrix it. (k)). Processors 660a through 660d collectively provide the four rows of the calibrated channel response matrix (k).
[1162] FIG. 7A shows a block diagram of a TX spatial processor 420c that can generate a steered reference. Processor 420c may also be implemented within TX spatial processor 420 or 490 in FIG. 4, but for clarity is described below for an implementation in TX spatial processor 420. Processor 420c includes a number of steered reference subband processors 710a through 710k, one for each subband used to transmit the steered reference. To generate the steered reference for the spatial multiplexing mode, each subband processor 710 receives a pilot symbol p(k), the steering vector (k) for each wideband eigenmode on which the steered reference is to be transmitted, and a correction matrix it v(k) for the associated subband.
[1163] Within each subband processor 710, the pilot symbol p(k) is multiplied with the four elements a op* ,i,m(k) through 14.4,.(k) of the steering vector for the m-th wideband eigenmode by four complex multipliers 712a through 712d, respectively. The outputs from multipliers 712a through 712d are further scaled by four complex multipliers 714a through 714d with four correction factors kapj(k) through kap.,(k), respectively, from the matrix kap (k) .
The scaled pilot symbols from multipliers 714a through 714d are then provided to four buffers/multiplexers 720a through 720d, respectively. The subsequent processing is as described above.
[1164] To generate the steered reference on the downlink for the beam-steering mode, each subband processor 710 would receive a normalized steering vector iiõp(k), instead of the unnormalized steering vector 11*.p,õ,(k) For an implementation of processor 420c in TX spatial processor 490, each subband processor 710 would receive either (1) the steering vector utmfor each wideband eigenmode used for the steered reference, for the spatial multiplexing mode, or (2) the steering vector V., (k) for the beam-steering mode.
If subband multiplexing is used for the steered reference, then steering vectors for multiple wideband eigenmodes may be used for multiple disjoint sets of subbands, as described above.
[1165] FIG. 7B shows a block diagram of an RX spatial processor 460c that can provide estimates of steering vectors and singular values based on a received steered reference. Processor 460c may be implemented within RX
spatial processor 440 or 460 in FIG. 4, but for clarity is described below for an implementation in RX spatial processor 460. Processor 460c includes a number of steered reference subband processors 750a through 750k, one for each subband used for steered reference transmission. Ea)ch subband processor 750 receives a vector r(k) and a conjugated pilot symbol ps (k) for the associated subband.
[1166] Within each subband processor 750, the four symbols in the received vector r(k) are multiplied with the conjugated pilot symbol p* (k) by complex multipliers 762a through 762d, respectively. The outputs. of multipliers 762a through 762d are then accumulated for the duration of the steered reference transmission for each wideband eigenmode by accumulators 764a through 764d, respectively. As shown in Table 9, the steered reference may be sent for multiple wideband eigenmodes within the same steered reference transmission, in which case the accumulation is performed separately for each of these wideband eigenmodes. However, multiple steered reference symbols (which may be transmitted in one or multiple steered reference transmissions) for any given wideband eigenmode may be accumulated to obtain a higher quality estimate. Accumulators 764a through 764d provide four elements which are the estimate ofit: õ,(k)crõ,(k), as shown in equation (13).
[1167] Since the eigenvectors have unit power, the singular value crõ,(k) for each wideband eigenmode may be estimated based on the received power of the steered reference. A power calculation unit 766 receives the outputs of multipliers 762a through 762d and computes the received power of the steered reference, Pm(k) , for each eigenmode of subband k The singular value estimate er. (k) is then equal to the square root of the computed received power of the steered reference divided by the magnitude of the pilot symbol (i.e., NR
6-õ,(k)= Pnr ,-(T)-I I p(k) I), where P(k)= yi ri(k) and i(k) is the symbol 1.1 received on subband k of receive antenna i.
[1168] The outputs of accumulators 766a through 766d are then scaled by the inverse of the singular value estimate, 6' , by multipliers 768a through 768d, respectively, to provide an estimate of the steering vector for each eigenmode, :ton (k) = [:,1,m(k) 0t,2.m(1c) 11:.3,.(k) vut4m (01.
[1169] The processing for the steered reference for the beam-steering may be performed in a similar manner. The processing for the steered reference on the uplink may also be performed in similar manner to obtain an estimate of the steering vector for each eigennnode, ap,õ, (k) =[12.p.i.,(k) no.. (k) iiamon(k)].
[1170] The pilots described herein may be implemented by various means.
For example, the processing for the various types of pilot at the access point and the user terminal may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination thereof. For a hardware implementation, the elements used to = process the pilots for transmission and/or reception may be implemented within one or more application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), digital signal processors (DSPs), digital signal processing devices (DSPDs), programmable logic devices (PLDs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), processors, controllers, micro-controllers, microprocessors, other electronic units designed to perform the functions described herein, or a combination thereof. =
[1171] For a software implementation, some of the processing for the various types of pilot (e.g., the spatial processing for a pilot transmission and/or channel estimation based on the received pilot) may be implemented with modules (e.g., procedures, functions, and so on) that perform the functions described herein.
The software codes may be stored in a memory unit (e.g., memory units 432 and 482 in FIG. 4) and executed by a processor (e.g., controllers 430 and 480).
The memory unit may be implemented within the processor or external to the processor, in which case it can be communicatively coupled to the processor via various means as is known in the art.
[1172] Headings are included herein for reference and to aid in locating certain sections. These headings are not intended to limit the scope of the concepts described therein under, and these concepts may have applicability in other sections throughout the entire specification.
[1173] The previous description of the disclosed embodiments is provided to enable any person skilled in the art to make or use the present invention.
Various modifications to these embodiments will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art, and the generic principles defined herein may be applied to other embodiments without departing from the scope of the invention.
Thus, the present invention is not intended to be limited to the embodiments shown herein but is to be accorded the widest scope consistent with the principles and novel features disclosed herein.
WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
[1141] FIG. 3 shows downlink and uplink pilot transmissions for an exemplary pilot transmission scheme. Generally, block 310 corresponds to a system access phase, block 320 corresponds to a calibration phase, and block 330 corresponds to a normal operation phase.
[1142] A beacon pilot and a MIMO pilot are transmitted on the downlink by the access point in each TDD frame (block 312) to allow all user terminals in the system to acquire the system frequency and timing and to estimate the downlink channel (block 314). Block 314 may be performed as necessary to access the system.
[1143] Calibration may be performed prior to normal operation to calibrate out differences in the transmit/receive chains at the access point and user terminal. For the calibration, MIMO pilots may be transmitted by both the access point and the user terminal (blocks 322 and 326). The uplink MIMO pilot may be used by the access point to derive an estimate of the uplink channel (block 324), and the downlink MIMO pilot may be used by the user terminal to derive or update an estimate of the downlink channel (block 328). The downlink and uplink channel estimates are then used to derive the correction factors for the access point and the user terminal.
[1144] During normal operation, a steered reference may be transmitted on the uplink by the user terminal (1) if and when it desires a data transmission or (2) if it is scheduled for data transmission (block 332). The uplink steered reference may be used by the access point to estimate the pertinent unitary and diagonal matrices for the user terminal (block 334). A steered reference may optionally be transmitted by the access point to the user terminal (as shown by dashed block 336). The user terminal can continually update its estimate of the downlink channel based on the downlink MIMO pilot and update the pertinent unitary and diagonal matrices based on the downlink steered reference (if transmitted) (block 338). Carrier pilots are transmitted by the access point (block 340) and the user terminal (block 344) on the pilot subbands during portions that are not used for other pilots. The downlink carrier pilot is used by the user terminal to track the phase of the downlink carrier signal (block 342), and the uplink carrier pilot is used by the access point to track the phase of the uplink carrier signal (block 346).
[1145] For the pilot transmission scheme shown in FIG. 3, the user terminal estimates the downlink channel response based on the downlink MIMO pilot and transmits a steered reference on the uplink, which is then used by the access point to estimate the pertinent unitary and diagonal matrices for the user terminal. In certain instances, the user terminal may have obtained a bad estimate of the downlink channel response, in which case the uplink steered reference may be equally bad or possibly worse. In the worst case, the steering vector used by the user terminal may result in a beam null being pointed at the access point. If this occurs, then the access point would not be able to detect the uplink steered reference. To avoid this situation, the user terminal can perturb the phases of the N. elements of the steering vector it uses for the steered reference in situations where it detects that the access point is not receiving the steered reference properly. For example, if the user terminal is designated to transmit an uplink steered reference as part of a system access procedure, and if access to the system is not gained after a particular number of access attempts, then the user terminal can start to perturb the phases of the steering vector elements.
[1146] Various other pilot transmission schemes may also be implemented for MIMO and MIMO-OFDM systems, and this is within the scope of the invention. For example, the beacon and carrier pilots may be combined into a single pilot that can be used for frequency and timing acquisition and carrier phase tracking. As another example, the active user terminals may transmit MIMO pilots, instead of steered references, on the uplink.
IV. MIMO-OFDM System [1147] FIG. 4 shows a block diagram of an embodiment of an access point 110x and a user terminal 120x in MIMO-OFDM system 100. For clarity, in this embodiment, access point 110x is equipped with four antennas that can be used for data transmission and reception, and user terminal 120x is also equipped with four antennas for data transmission/reception. In general, the access point and user terminal may each be equipped with any number of transmit antennas and any number of receive antennas.
[1148] On the downlink, at access point 110x, a transmit (TX) data processor 414 receives traffic data from a data source 412 and signaling and other data from a controller 430. TX data processor 414 formats, codes, interleaves, and modulates (i.e., symbol maps) the data to provide modulation symbols. A TX
spatial processor 420 receives and multiplexes the modulation symbols from TX
data processor 414 with pilot symbols, performs the required spatial processing, and provides four streams of transmit symbols for the four transmit antennas.
[1149] Each modulator (MOD) 422 receives and processes a respective transmit symbol stream to provide a corresponding downlink modulated signal.
The four downlink modulated signals from modulators 422a through 422d are then transmitted from antennas 424a through 424d, respectively.
[1150] At user terminal 120x, four antennas 452a through 452d receive the transmitted downlink modulated signals, and each antenna provides a received signal to a respective demodulator (DEMOD) 454. Each demodulator 454 performs processing complementary to that performed at modulator 422 and provides received symbols. A receive (AX) spatial processor 460 then performs spatial processing on the received symbols from all demodulators 454a through 454d to provide recovered symbols, which are estimates of the modulation symbols transmitted by the access point. An RX data processor 470 further processes (e.g., symbol demaps, deinterleaves, and decodes) the recovered symbols to provide decoded data, which may be provided to a data sink 472 for storage and/or a controller 480 for further processing.
[1151] The processing for the uplink may be the same or different from the processing for the downlink. Data and signaling are processed (e.g., coded, interleaved, and modulated) by a TX data processor 488, multiplexed with pilot symbols, and further spatially processed by a TX spatial processor 490. The transmit symbols from TX spatial processor 490 are further processed by modulators 454a through 454d to generate four uplink modulated signals, which are then transmitted via antennas 452a through 452d.
[1152] At access point 410, the uplink modulated signals are received by antennas 424a through 424d, demodulated by demodulators 422a through 422d, and processed by an RX spatial processor 440 and an RX data processor 442 in a complementary manner to that performed at the user terminal. The decoded data for the uplink may be provided to a data sink 444 for storage and/or controller 430 for further processing.
[1153] Controllers 430 and 480 control the operation of various processing units at the access point and user terminal, respectively. Memory units 432 and 482 store data and program codes used by controllers 430 and 480, respectively.
[1154] FIG. 5 shows a block diagram of a TX spatial processor 420a that can generate a beacon pilot and which may be implemented within TX spatial processor 420 in FIG. 4. Processor 420a includes a number of beacon pilot subband processors 510a through 510k, one for each subband used to transmit the beacon pilot. Each subband processor 510 receives a pilot symbol b(k) for the beacon pilot and a correction matrix kap (k) for the associated subband.
[1155] Within each subband processor 510, the pilot symbol b(k) is scaled by four multipliers 514a through 514d with four correction factors kap j(k) through kapo(k), respectively, from the matrix it v(k) . Each multiplier 514 performs complex multiplication of the complex pilot symbol with a respective complex correction factor. The scaled pilot symbols from multipliers 514a through 514d are then provided to four buffers/multiplexers 520a through 520d, respectively, which also receive the scaled pilot symbols from other subband processors 510. Each buffer/multiplexer 520 multiplexes the scaled pilot symbols for all subbands used for beacon pilot transmission and signal values of zero for the unused subbands and provides a stream of transmit symbols for the associated transmit antenna.
[1156] FIG. 6A shows a block diagram of a TX spatial processor 420b that can generate a MIMO pilot. Processor 420b may be implemented within TX
spatial processor 420 or 490 in FIG. 4, but for clarity is described below for an implementation in TX spatial processor 420. Processor 420b includes a number of MIMO pilot subband processors 610a through 610k, one for each subband used to transmit the MIMO pilot. Each subband processor 610 receives a pilot symbol p(k) for the MIMO pilot and a correction matrix it ap(k) for the associated subband. Each subband processor 610 also receives four Walsh sequences, 1V1 through w4, assigned to the four transmit antennas at the access point.
[1157] Within each subband processor 610, the complex pilot symbol p(k) is covered by the four Walsh sequences 1471 through 14)4 by four complex multipliers 612a through 612d, respectively. The covered pilot symbols are further scaled by four complex multipliers 614a through 614d with four complex correction factors k,1(k) through kap,4(k), respectively, from the matrix ft.
(k) .
The scaled pilot symbols from multipliers 614a through 614d are then provided to four buffers/multiplexers 620a through 620d, respectively. The subsequent processing is as described above for FIG. 5.
[1158] For an implementation of processor 420b in TX spatial processor 490, the number of Walsh sequences to use is dependent on the number of transmit antennas available at the user terminal. Moreover, the scaling is performed with the correction factors from the matrix kg (k) for the user terminal.
[1159] FIG. 6B shows a block diagram of an RX spatial processor 460b that can provide a channel response estimate based on a received MIMO pilot.
Processor 460b may be implemented within RX spatial processor 440 or 460 in FIG. 4, but for clarity is described below for an implementation in RX spatial processor 460. Processor 460b includes a number of MIMO pilot subband processors 650a through 650k, one for each subband used for MIMO pilot transmission. Each MIMO pilot subband processor 650 receives a vector r(k) and a conjugated pilot symbol p( k) for the associated subband. Each subband processor 650 also receives the four Walsh sequences 1411 through 11,4 assigned to the four transmit antennas at the access point.
[1160] Each MIMO pilot subband processor 650 includes four MIMO pilot subband/antenna processors 660a through 660d for the four receive antennas at the user terminal. Each processor 660 receives one entry i(k) of the vector r(k) . Within each processor 660, the received symbol r(k) is first multiplied with the conjugated pilot symbol p* (k) by a complex multiplier 662. The output of multiplier 662 is further multiplied with the four Walsh sequences IN/
through 14/4 by four complex multipliers 664a through 664d, respectively. The outputs from multipliers 664a through 664d are then accumulated by accumulators 666a through 666d, respectively, for the duration of the MIMO pilot transmission.
Each pair of multiplier 664 and accumulator 666 performs decovering for one transmit antenna at the access point. The output from each accumulator 666 represents an estimate ik.j(k) of the channel gain from transmit antenna j to receive antenna i for subband k. The channel response estimates (iii.j(k)} , for i =11, 2, 3, 4} and j.(1, 2, 3, 4} , may further be averaged over multiple MIMO
pilot transmissions (not shown in FIG. 6B) to provide a more accurate estimate of the channel response.
[1161] As shown in FIG. 6B, each MIMO pilot subband/antenna processor 660 provides a row vector fiedo (k) [0k) i2 (k) 4.3 (k) 170(k)] for the associated receive antenna i, where fi(k) is the i-th row of the calibrated channel response estimate flcdõ(k) for the downlink (assuming that the access point applied its correction matrix it. (k)). Processors 660a through 660d collectively provide the four rows of the calibrated channel response matrix (k).
[1162] FIG. 7A shows a block diagram of a TX spatial processor 420c that can generate a steered reference. Processor 420c may also be implemented within TX spatial processor 420 or 490 in FIG. 4, but for clarity is described below for an implementation in TX spatial processor 420. Processor 420c includes a number of steered reference subband processors 710a through 710k, one for each subband used to transmit the steered reference. To generate the steered reference for the spatial multiplexing mode, each subband processor 710 receives a pilot symbol p(k), the steering vector (k) for each wideband eigenmode on which the steered reference is to be transmitted, and a correction matrix it v(k) for the associated subband.
[1163] Within each subband processor 710, the pilot symbol p(k) is multiplied with the four elements a op* ,i,m(k) through 14.4,.(k) of the steering vector for the m-th wideband eigenmode by four complex multipliers 712a through 712d, respectively. The outputs from multipliers 712a through 712d are further scaled by four complex multipliers 714a through 714d with four correction factors kapj(k) through kap.,(k), respectively, from the matrix kap (k) .
The scaled pilot symbols from multipliers 714a through 714d are then provided to four buffers/multiplexers 720a through 720d, respectively. The subsequent processing is as described above.
[1164] To generate the steered reference on the downlink for the beam-steering mode, each subband processor 710 would receive a normalized steering vector iiõp(k), instead of the unnormalized steering vector 11*.p,õ,(k) For an implementation of processor 420c in TX spatial processor 490, each subband processor 710 would receive either (1) the steering vector utmfor each wideband eigenmode used for the steered reference, for the spatial multiplexing mode, or (2) the steering vector V., (k) for the beam-steering mode.
If subband multiplexing is used for the steered reference, then steering vectors for multiple wideband eigenmodes may be used for multiple disjoint sets of subbands, as described above.
[1165] FIG. 7B shows a block diagram of an RX spatial processor 460c that can provide estimates of steering vectors and singular values based on a received steered reference. Processor 460c may be implemented within RX
spatial processor 440 or 460 in FIG. 4, but for clarity is described below for an implementation in RX spatial processor 460. Processor 460c includes a number of steered reference subband processors 750a through 750k, one for each subband used for steered reference transmission. Ea)ch subband processor 750 receives a vector r(k) and a conjugated pilot symbol ps (k) for the associated subband.
[1166] Within each subband processor 750, the four symbols in the received vector r(k) are multiplied with the conjugated pilot symbol p* (k) by complex multipliers 762a through 762d, respectively. The outputs. of multipliers 762a through 762d are then accumulated for the duration of the steered reference transmission for each wideband eigenmode by accumulators 764a through 764d, respectively. As shown in Table 9, the steered reference may be sent for multiple wideband eigenmodes within the same steered reference transmission, in which case the accumulation is performed separately for each of these wideband eigenmodes. However, multiple steered reference symbols (which may be transmitted in one or multiple steered reference transmissions) for any given wideband eigenmode may be accumulated to obtain a higher quality estimate. Accumulators 764a through 764d provide four elements which are the estimate ofit: õ,(k)crõ,(k), as shown in equation (13).
[1167] Since the eigenvectors have unit power, the singular value crõ,(k) for each wideband eigenmode may be estimated based on the received power of the steered reference. A power calculation unit 766 receives the outputs of multipliers 762a through 762d and computes the received power of the steered reference, Pm(k) , for each eigenmode of subband k The singular value estimate er. (k) is then equal to the square root of the computed received power of the steered reference divided by the magnitude of the pilot symbol (i.e., NR
6-õ,(k)= Pnr ,-(T)-I I p(k) I), where P(k)= yi ri(k) and i(k) is the symbol 1.1 received on subband k of receive antenna i.
[1168] The outputs of accumulators 766a through 766d are then scaled by the inverse of the singular value estimate, 6' , by multipliers 768a through 768d, respectively, to provide an estimate of the steering vector for each eigenmode, :ton (k) = [:,1,m(k) 0t,2.m(1c) 11:.3,.(k) vut4m (01.
[1169] The processing for the steered reference for the beam-steering may be performed in a similar manner. The processing for the steered reference on the uplink may also be performed in similar manner to obtain an estimate of the steering vector for each eigennnode, ap,õ, (k) =[12.p.i.,(k) no.. (k) iiamon(k)].
[1170] The pilots described herein may be implemented by various means.
For example, the processing for the various types of pilot at the access point and the user terminal may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination thereof. For a hardware implementation, the elements used to = process the pilots for transmission and/or reception may be implemented within one or more application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), digital signal processors (DSPs), digital signal processing devices (DSPDs), programmable logic devices (PLDs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), processors, controllers, micro-controllers, microprocessors, other electronic units designed to perform the functions described herein, or a combination thereof. =
[1171] For a software implementation, some of the processing for the various types of pilot (e.g., the spatial processing for a pilot transmission and/or channel estimation based on the received pilot) may be implemented with modules (e.g., procedures, functions, and so on) that perform the functions described herein.
The software codes may be stored in a memory unit (e.g., memory units 432 and 482 in FIG. 4) and executed by a processor (e.g., controllers 430 and 480).
The memory unit may be implemented within the processor or external to the processor, in which case it can be communicatively coupled to the processor via various means as is known in the art.
[1172] Headings are included herein for reference and to aid in locating certain sections. These headings are not intended to limit the scope of the concepts described therein under, and these concepts may have applicability in other sections throughout the entire specification.
[1173] The previous description of the disclosed embodiments is provided to enable any person skilled in the art to make or use the present invention.
Various modifications to these embodiments will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art, and the generic principles defined herein may be applied to other embodiments without departing from the scope of the invention.
Thus, the present invention is not intended to be limited to the embodiments shown herein but is to be accorded the widest scope consistent with the principles and novel features disclosed herein.
WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
Claims (9)
1. In a wireless multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) communication system utilizing orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM), a method of generating a MIMO pilot comprised of a plurality of orthogonal pilots suitable for transmission from a plurality of antennas, the method comprising:
obtaining a set of pilot symbols for each antenna in the plurality of antennas, wherein the set of pilot symbols is designated for transmission on a set of subbands and selected to minimize peak-to-average variation in a waveform generated based on the pilot symbols;
obtaining an orthogonal sequence for each antenna in the plurality of antennas, wherein the plurality of antennas are assigned different orthogonal sequences; and covering the set of pilot symbols for each antenna with the orthogonal sequence for the antenna to obtain a set of sequences of covered pilot symbols for the antenna; and processing the set of sequences of covered pilot symbols for each antenna to obtain a sequence of OFDM symbols for the antenna, wherein a plurality of sequences of OFDM symbols for the plurality of orthogonal pilots are obtained for the plurality of antennas.
obtaining a set of pilot symbols for each antenna in the plurality of antennas, wherein the set of pilot symbols is designated for transmission on a set of subbands and selected to minimize peak-to-average variation in a waveform generated based on the pilot symbols;
obtaining an orthogonal sequence for each antenna in the plurality of antennas, wherein the plurality of antennas are assigned different orthogonal sequences; and covering the set of pilot symbols for each antenna with the orthogonal sequence for the antenna to obtain a set of sequences of covered pilot symbols for the antenna; and processing the set of sequences of covered pilot symbols for each antenna to obtain a sequence of OFDM symbols for the antenna, wherein a plurality of sequences of OFDM symbols for the plurality of orthogonal pilots are obtained for the plurality of antennas.
2. The method of claim 1, further comprising transmitting the plurality of sequences of OFDM symbols from the plurality of antennas.
3. The method of claim 1 or claim 2, wherein one set of pilot symbols is obtained and used for the plurality of antennas.
4. A computer-program product for generating a MIMO pilot comprised of a plurality of orthogonal pilots suitable for transmission from a plurality of antennas comprising a memory having one or more software modules stored thereon, the one or more software modules comprising instructions for execution by one or more processors, the instructions comprising:
code for obtaining a set of pilot symbols for each antenna in the plurality of antennas, wherein the set of pilot symbols is designated for transmission on a set of subbands and selected to minimize peak-to-average variation in a waveform generated based on the pilot symbols;
code for obtaining an orthogonal sequence for each antenna in the plurality of antennas, wherein the plurality of antennas are assigned different orthogonal sequences;
code for covering the set of pilot symbols for each antenna with the orthogonal sequence for the antenna to obtain a set of sequences of covered pilot symbols for the antenna; and code for processing the set of sequences of covered pilot symbols for each antenna to obtain a sequence of OFDM symbols for the antenna, wherein a plurality of sequences of OFDM symbols for the plurality of orthogonal pilots are obtained for the plurality of antennas.
code for obtaining a set of pilot symbols for each antenna in the plurality of antennas, wherein the set of pilot symbols is designated for transmission on a set of subbands and selected to minimize peak-to-average variation in a waveform generated based on the pilot symbols;
code for obtaining an orthogonal sequence for each antenna in the plurality of antennas, wherein the plurality of antennas are assigned different orthogonal sequences;
code for covering the set of pilot symbols for each antenna with the orthogonal sequence for the antenna to obtain a set of sequences of covered pilot symbols for the antenna; and code for processing the set of sequences of covered pilot symbols for each antenna to obtain a sequence of OFDM symbols for the antenna, wherein a plurality of sequences of OFDM symbols for the plurality of orthogonal pilots are obtained for the plurality of antennas.
5. The computer-program product of claim 4, the instructions further comprising:
code for transmitting the plurality of sequences of OFDM symbols from the plurality of antennas.
code for transmitting the plurality of sequences of OFDM symbols from the plurality of antennas.
6. The computer-program product of claim 4 or claim 5, wherein one set of pilot symbols is obtained and used for the plurality of antennas.
7. An apparatus in a wireless multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) communication system utilizing orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM), the apparatus for generating a MIMO pilot comprised of a plurality of orthogonal pilots suitable for transmission from a plurality of antennas, the apparatus comprising:
means for obtaining a set of pilot symbols for each antenna in the plurality of antennas, wherein the set of pilot symbols is designated for transmission on a set of subbands and selected to have small peak-to-average variation in a waveform generated based on the pilot symbols;
means for obtaining an orthogonal sequence for each antenna in the plurality of antennas, wherein the plurality of antennas are assigned different orthogonal sequences; and covering the set of pilot symbols for each antenna with the orthogonal sequence for the antenna to obtain a set of sequences of covered pilot symbols for the antenna; and means for processing the set of sequences of covered pilot symbols for each antenna to obtain a sequence of OFDM symbols for the antenna, wherein a plurality of sequences of OFDM symbols for the plurality of orthogonal pilots are obtained for the plurality of antennas.
means for obtaining a set of pilot symbols for each antenna in the plurality of antennas, wherein the set of pilot symbols is designated for transmission on a set of subbands and selected to have small peak-to-average variation in a waveform generated based on the pilot symbols;
means for obtaining an orthogonal sequence for each antenna in the plurality of antennas, wherein the plurality of antennas are assigned different orthogonal sequences; and covering the set of pilot symbols for each antenna with the orthogonal sequence for the antenna to obtain a set of sequences of covered pilot symbols for the antenna; and means for processing the set of sequences of covered pilot symbols for each antenna to obtain a sequence of OFDM symbols for the antenna, wherein a plurality of sequences of OFDM symbols for the plurality of orthogonal pilots are obtained for the plurality of antennas.
8. The apparatus of claim 7, further comprising means for transmitting the plurality of sequences of OFDM symbols from the plurality of antennas.
9. The apparatus of claim 7 or claim 8, wherein one set of pilot symbols is obtained and used for the plurality of antennas.
Applications Claiming Priority (13)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US42146202P | 2002-10-25 | 2002-10-25 | |
US42130902P | 2002-10-25 | 2002-10-25 | |
US42142802P | 2002-10-25 | 2002-10-25 | |
US60/421,428 | 2002-10-25 | ||
US60/421,462 | 2002-10-25 | ||
US60/421,309 | 2002-10-25 | ||
US43261702P | 2002-12-10 | 2002-12-10 | |
US60/432,617 | 2002-12-10 | ||
US43860103P | 2003-01-07 | 2003-01-07 | |
US60/438,601 | 2003-01-07 | ||
US10/610,446 US7986742B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2003-06-30 | Pilots for MIMO communication system |
US10/610,446 | 2003-06-30 | ||
CA2501634A CA2501634C (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2003-10-24 | Pilots for mimo communication systems |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA2501634A Division CA2501634C (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2003-10-24 | Pilots for mimo communication systems |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2751604A1 CA2751604A1 (en) | 2004-05-06 |
CA2751604C true CA2751604C (en) | 2016-08-09 |
Family
ID=32996541
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA2501634A Expired - Lifetime CA2501634C (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2003-10-24 | Pilots for mimo communication systems |
CA2751604A Expired - Lifetime CA2751604C (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2003-10-24 | Pilots for mimo communication systems |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA2501634A Expired - Lifetime CA2501634C (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2003-10-24 | Pilots for mimo communication systems |
Country Status (17)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (4) | US7986742B2 (en) |
EP (2) | EP1556985B1 (en) |
JP (2) | JP4657918B2 (en) |
KR (1) | KR101046824B1 (en) |
AT (1) | ATE525823T1 (en) |
AU (2) | AU2003287297C1 (en) |
BR (2) | BRPI0315536B1 (en) |
CA (2) | CA2501634C (en) |
DK (2) | DK2363970T3 (en) |
ES (2) | ES2438718T3 (en) |
HK (1) | HK1084266A1 (en) |
MX (1) | MXPA05004393A (en) |
PT (2) | PT1556985E (en) |
RU (1) | RU2349042C2 (en) |
TW (1) | TWI337478B (en) |
UA (1) | UA83472C2 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2004038988A2 (en) |
Families Citing this family (253)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6952454B1 (en) | 2000-03-22 | 2005-10-04 | Qualcomm, Incorporated | Multiplexing of real time services and non-real time services for OFDM systems |
US8363744B2 (en) | 2001-06-10 | 2013-01-29 | Aloft Media, Llc | Method and system for robust, secure, and high-efficiency voice and packet transmission over ad-hoc, mesh, and MIMO communication networks |
US7295509B2 (en) | 2000-09-13 | 2007-11-13 | Qualcomm, Incorporated | Signaling method in an OFDM multiple access system |
US9130810B2 (en) | 2000-09-13 | 2015-09-08 | Qualcomm Incorporated | OFDM communications methods and apparatus |
US8194770B2 (en) | 2002-08-27 | 2012-06-05 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Coded MIMO systems with selective channel inversion applied per eigenmode |
US7151809B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2006-12-19 | Qualcomm, Incorporated | Channel estimation and spatial processing for TDD MIMO systems |
US8570988B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2013-10-29 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Channel calibration for a time division duplexed communication system |
US7002900B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2006-02-21 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Transmit diversity processing for a multi-antenna communication system |
US7986742B2 (en) * | 2002-10-25 | 2011-07-26 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Pilots for MIMO communication system |
US8170513B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2012-05-01 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Data detection and demodulation for wireless communication systems |
US8134976B2 (en) * | 2002-10-25 | 2012-03-13 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Channel calibration for a time division duplexed communication system |
US20040081131A1 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2004-04-29 | Walton Jay Rod | OFDM communication system with multiple OFDM symbol sizes |
US8208364B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2012-06-26 | Qualcomm Incorporated | MIMO system with multiple spatial multiplexing modes |
US8320301B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2012-11-27 | Qualcomm Incorporated | MIMO WLAN system |
US8169944B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2012-05-01 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Random access for wireless multiple-access communication systems |
US8218609B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2012-07-10 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Closed-loop rate control for a multi-channel communication system |
US7324429B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2008-01-29 | Qualcomm, Incorporated | Multi-mode terminal in a wireless MIMO system |
EP1589684A4 (en) * | 2003-01-29 | 2008-12-10 | Mitsubishi Electric Corp | Multi-carrier radio communication system, transmission device, and reception device |
JP4407830B2 (en) * | 2003-06-30 | 2010-02-03 | 日本電気株式会社 | Spread code allocation method in code spread radio communication using a plurality of transmission / reception antennas and code spread radio communication system using the same |
US20050047496A1 (en) * | 2003-08-13 | 2005-03-03 | Mcintire William K. | Modem with pilot symbol synchronization |
DE10338053B4 (en) * | 2003-08-19 | 2005-12-15 | Siemens Ag | Method for allocating radio resources and network equipment in a multicarrier radio communication system |
US7668201B2 (en) * | 2003-08-28 | 2010-02-23 | Symbol Technologies, Inc. | Bandwidth management in wireless networks |
US7742546B2 (en) * | 2003-10-08 | 2010-06-22 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Receiver spatial processing for eigenmode transmission in a MIMO system |
US7680461B2 (en) | 2003-11-05 | 2010-03-16 | Sony Corporation | Wireless communications system, wireless communications method, and wireless communications apparatus |
KR100975720B1 (en) * | 2003-11-13 | 2010-08-12 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and system for dynamic channel assignment and assignment of pilot channel in mimo-ofdm/ sdm system |
US9473269B2 (en) | 2003-12-01 | 2016-10-18 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for providing an efficient control channel structure in a wireless communication system |
US20050135321A1 (en) * | 2003-12-17 | 2005-06-23 | Jacob Sharony | Spatial wireless local area network |
CN102064848B (en) | 2004-01-29 | 2012-07-25 | 桥扬科技有限公司 | Method and apparatus for movable station and base station in a multi-subzones broadband wireless system |
US8077691B2 (en) * | 2004-03-05 | 2011-12-13 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Pilot transmission and channel estimation for MISO and MIMO receivers in a multi-antenna system |
US7742533B2 (en) | 2004-03-12 | 2010-06-22 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | OFDM signal transmission method and apparatus |
US9312929B2 (en) | 2004-04-02 | 2016-04-12 | Rearden, Llc | System and methods to compensate for Doppler effects in multi-user (MU) multiple antenna systems (MAS) |
US10886979B2 (en) | 2004-04-02 | 2021-01-05 | Rearden, Llc | System and method for link adaptation in DIDO multicarrier systems |
US10200094B2 (en) | 2004-04-02 | 2019-02-05 | Rearden, Llc | Interference management, handoff, power control and link adaptation in distributed-input distributed-output (DIDO) communication systems |
US7636381B2 (en) * | 2004-07-30 | 2009-12-22 | Rearden, Llc | System and method for distributed input-distributed output wireless communications |
US10749582B2 (en) | 2004-04-02 | 2020-08-18 | Rearden, Llc | Systems and methods to coordinate transmissions in distributed wireless systems via user clustering |
US10985811B2 (en) | 2004-04-02 | 2021-04-20 | Rearden, Llc | System and method for distributed antenna wireless communications |
US7633994B2 (en) * | 2004-07-30 | 2009-12-15 | Rearden, LLC. | System and method for distributed input-distributed output wireless communications |
US10425134B2 (en) | 2004-04-02 | 2019-09-24 | Rearden, Llc | System and methods for planned evolution and obsolescence of multiuser spectrum |
US7599420B2 (en) * | 2004-07-30 | 2009-10-06 | Rearden, Llc | System and method for distributed input distributed output wireless communications |
US11309943B2 (en) | 2004-04-02 | 2022-04-19 | Rearden, Llc | System and methods for planned evolution and obsolescence of multiuser spectrum |
US8654815B1 (en) * | 2004-04-02 | 2014-02-18 | Rearden, Llc | System and method for distributed antenna wireless communications |
US9819403B2 (en) | 2004-04-02 | 2017-11-14 | Rearden, Llc | System and method for managing handoff of a client between different distributed-input-distributed-output (DIDO) networks based on detected velocity of the client |
US10277290B2 (en) | 2004-04-02 | 2019-04-30 | Rearden, Llc | Systems and methods to exploit areas of coherence in wireless systems |
US8160121B2 (en) * | 2007-08-20 | 2012-04-17 | Rearden, Llc | System and method for distributed input-distributed output wireless communications |
US11451275B2 (en) | 2004-04-02 | 2022-09-20 | Rearden, Llc | System and method for distributed antenna wireless communications |
US11394436B2 (en) | 2004-04-02 | 2022-07-19 | Rearden, Llc | System and method for distributed antenna wireless communications |
US8571086B2 (en) * | 2004-04-02 | 2013-10-29 | Rearden, Llc | System and method for DIDO precoding interpolation in multicarrier systems |
US10187133B2 (en) | 2004-04-02 | 2019-01-22 | Rearden, Llc | System and method for power control and antenna grouping in a distributed-input-distributed-output (DIDO) network |
US7711030B2 (en) * | 2004-07-30 | 2010-05-04 | Rearden, Llc | System and method for spatial-multiplexed tropospheric scatter communications |
US7418053B2 (en) * | 2004-07-30 | 2008-08-26 | Rearden, Llc | System and method for distributed input-distributed output wireless communications |
US8542763B2 (en) | 2004-04-02 | 2013-09-24 | Rearden, Llc | Systems and methods to coordinate transmissions in distributed wireless systems via user clustering |
US9826537B2 (en) | 2004-04-02 | 2017-11-21 | Rearden, Llc | System and method for managing inter-cluster handoff of clients which traverse multiple DIDO clusters |
US8170081B2 (en) * | 2004-04-02 | 2012-05-01 | Rearden, LLC. | System and method for adjusting DIDO interference cancellation based on signal strength measurements |
US8923785B2 (en) * | 2004-05-07 | 2014-12-30 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Continuous beamforming for a MIMO-OFDM system |
JP2005328312A (en) * | 2004-05-13 | 2005-11-24 | Ntt Docomo Inc | Device and method for channel estimation and wireless receiver |
KR101053610B1 (en) * | 2004-06-25 | 2011-08-03 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Radio resource allocation method of OPDM / OPDM system |
US8027243B2 (en) | 2004-06-25 | 2011-09-27 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Allocation of radio resource in orthogonal frequency division multiplexing system |
CA2472671A1 (en) * | 2004-06-29 | 2005-12-29 | Ignis Innovation Inc. | Voltage-programming scheme for current-driven amoled displays |
US8000221B2 (en) * | 2004-07-20 | 2011-08-16 | Qualcomm, Incorporated | Adaptive pilot insertion for a MIMO-OFDM system |
US9148256B2 (en) | 2004-07-21 | 2015-09-29 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Performance based rank prediction for MIMO design |
US9137822B2 (en) | 2004-07-21 | 2015-09-15 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Efficient signaling over access channel |
US7372913B2 (en) * | 2004-07-22 | 2008-05-13 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Pilot tones in a multi-transmit OFDM system usable to capture transmitter diversity benefits |
EP1622288B1 (en) * | 2004-07-27 | 2012-10-24 | Broadcom Corporation | Pilot symbol transmission for multiple-transmit communication systems |
US9685997B2 (en) | 2007-08-20 | 2017-06-20 | Rearden, Llc | Systems and methods to enhance spatial diversity in distributed-input distributed-output wireless systems |
JP2006054705A (en) * | 2004-08-12 | 2006-02-23 | Toshiba Corp | Wireless transmitter and transmission method |
US7558328B2 (en) * | 2004-09-09 | 2009-07-07 | Agere Systems Inc. | Method and apparatus for increasing data throughput in a multiple antenna communication system using additional subcarriers |
EP2383720B1 (en) * | 2004-12-15 | 2018-02-14 | Ignis Innovation Inc. | Method and system for programming, calibrating and driving a light emitting device display |
GB2437196B (en) * | 2005-01-14 | 2009-06-03 | Piping Hot Networks Ltd | Dual payload and adaptive modulation |
JP4464836B2 (en) * | 2005-01-14 | 2010-05-19 | パナソニック株式会社 | Communication method for multi-antenna communication apparatus and multi-antenna communication apparatus |
US8363604B2 (en) | 2005-02-01 | 2013-01-29 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for controlling a transmission data rate based on feedback relating to channel conditions |
JP4562542B2 (en) | 2005-02-15 | 2010-10-13 | 三洋電機株式会社 | CALIBRATION METHOD AND BASE STATION DEVICE, TERMINAL DEVICE, AND RADIO DEVICE USING THE SAME |
JP4599192B2 (en) * | 2005-03-02 | 2010-12-15 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Wireless data communication system and wireless data communication method |
JP4646680B2 (en) * | 2005-03-04 | 2011-03-09 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Calibration method and radio apparatus and communication system using the same |
JP4834072B2 (en) | 2005-03-07 | 2011-12-07 | クゥアルコム・インコーポレイテッド | Block acknowledgment protocol for wireless packet networks |
US9246560B2 (en) | 2005-03-10 | 2016-01-26 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Systems and methods for beamforming and rate control in a multi-input multi-output communication systems |
US7813383B2 (en) * | 2005-03-10 | 2010-10-12 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method for transmission of time division multiplexed pilot symbols to aid channel estimation, time synchronization, and AGC bootstrapping in a multicast wireless system |
US9154211B2 (en) | 2005-03-11 | 2015-10-06 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Systems and methods for beamforming feedback in multi antenna communication systems |
US8446892B2 (en) | 2005-03-16 | 2013-05-21 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Channel structures for a quasi-orthogonal multiple-access communication system |
US9520972B2 (en) | 2005-03-17 | 2016-12-13 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Pilot signal transmission for an orthogonal frequency division wireless communication system |
US9461859B2 (en) | 2005-03-17 | 2016-10-04 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Pilot signal transmission for an orthogonal frequency division wireless communication system |
US9143305B2 (en) | 2005-03-17 | 2015-09-22 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Pilot signal transmission for an orthogonal frequency division wireless communication system |
US20060221928A1 (en) * | 2005-03-31 | 2006-10-05 | Jacob Sharony | Wireless device and method for wireless multiple access |
US20060221873A1 (en) * | 2005-03-31 | 2006-10-05 | Jacob Sharony | System and method for wireless multiple access |
US20060221904A1 (en) * | 2005-03-31 | 2006-10-05 | Jacob Sharony | Access point and method for wireless multiple access |
US9184870B2 (en) | 2005-04-01 | 2015-11-10 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Systems and methods for control channel signaling |
JP4646682B2 (en) * | 2005-04-13 | 2011-03-09 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Calibration method and radio apparatus and communication system using the same |
US9036538B2 (en) | 2005-04-19 | 2015-05-19 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Frequency hopping design for single carrier FDMA systems |
US9408220B2 (en) | 2005-04-19 | 2016-08-02 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Channel quality reporting for adaptive sectorization |
US7466749B2 (en) | 2005-05-12 | 2008-12-16 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Rate selection with margin sharing |
US7590183B2 (en) * | 2005-05-12 | 2009-09-15 | Intellon Corporation | Generating signals for transmission of information |
US20060262874A1 (en) * | 2005-05-17 | 2006-11-23 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Method and apparatus for power control in a multiple antenna system |
EP1727297A1 (en) * | 2005-05-25 | 2006-11-29 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | Method and Terminal for reducing interference in a radio communication system |
US8611284B2 (en) | 2005-05-31 | 2013-12-17 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Use of supplemental assignments to decrement resources |
US8565194B2 (en) | 2005-10-27 | 2013-10-22 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Puncturing signaling channel for a wireless communication system |
US8879511B2 (en) | 2005-10-27 | 2014-11-04 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Assignment acknowledgement for a wireless communication system |
WO2006129166A1 (en) * | 2005-05-31 | 2006-12-07 | Nokia Corporation | Method and apparatus for generating pilot sequences to reduce peak-to-average power ratio |
US8462859B2 (en) | 2005-06-01 | 2013-06-11 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Sphere decoding apparatus |
US7643843B2 (en) * | 2005-06-14 | 2010-01-05 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Method and system for transmit power control in a multiple-input multiple-output wireless communication system |
US9055552B2 (en) | 2005-06-16 | 2015-06-09 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Quick paging channel with reduced probability of missed page |
US9179319B2 (en) | 2005-06-16 | 2015-11-03 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Adaptive sectorization in cellular systems |
US8599945B2 (en) | 2005-06-16 | 2013-12-03 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Robust rank prediction for a MIMO system |
US8358714B2 (en) | 2005-06-16 | 2013-01-22 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Coding and modulation for multiple data streams in a communication system |
EP1737176A1 (en) * | 2005-06-20 | 2006-12-27 | NTT DoCoMo, Inc. | Signalling for allocation of a communication link in a MIMO system |
US8670493B2 (en) | 2005-06-22 | 2014-03-11 | Eices Research, Inc. | Systems and/or methods of increased privacy wireless communications |
US8233554B2 (en) | 2010-03-29 | 2012-07-31 | Eices Research, Inc. | Increased capacity communications for OFDM-based wireless communications systems/methods/devices |
USRE47633E1 (en) | 2005-06-22 | 2019-10-01 | Odyssey Wireless Inc. | Systems/methods of conducting a financial transaction using a smartphone |
CA2510855A1 (en) * | 2005-07-06 | 2007-01-06 | Ignis Innovation Inc. | Fast driving method for amoled displays |
EP1908242B1 (en) | 2005-07-15 | 2016-10-12 | LG Electronics Inc. | Method and apparatus for transmitting pilot symbols in wireless communication system |
KR101108054B1 (en) * | 2005-07-15 | 2012-01-25 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method of transmitting preamble and apparatus for transmitting data in MIMO-OFDM system |
US7916694B2 (en) * | 2005-07-19 | 2011-03-29 | Broadcom Corporation | Method and system reducing peak to average power ratio (PAPR) in a communication network |
EP1911173B1 (en) * | 2005-07-27 | 2018-09-12 | BlackBerry Limited | Pilots for frequency division multiple access communications |
US20070183386A1 (en) * | 2005-08-03 | 2007-08-09 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Reference Signal Sequences and Multi-User Reference Signal Sequence Allocation |
US8885628B2 (en) | 2005-08-08 | 2014-11-11 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Code division multiplexing in a single-carrier frequency division multiple access system |
US8385923B2 (en) | 2005-08-16 | 2013-02-26 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Methods and systems for adaptive server selection in wireless communications |
US9209956B2 (en) | 2005-08-22 | 2015-12-08 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Segment sensitive scheduling |
US20070041457A1 (en) | 2005-08-22 | 2007-02-22 | Tamer Kadous | Method and apparatus for providing antenna diversity in a wireless communication system |
US7826555B2 (en) | 2005-08-24 | 2010-11-02 | Panasonic Corporation | MIMO-OFDM transmission device and MIMO-OFDM transmission method |
US8644292B2 (en) | 2005-08-24 | 2014-02-04 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Varied transmission time intervals for wireless communication system |
US9136974B2 (en) | 2005-08-30 | 2015-09-15 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Precoding and SDMA support |
EP1946459B1 (en) | 2005-09-30 | 2017-10-25 | Apple Inc. | Mimo communication system |
TWI259614B (en) * | 2005-10-14 | 2006-08-01 | Realtek Semiconductor Corp | Beam forming apparatus applied in multiple input multiple output system and related method |
US9144060B2 (en) | 2005-10-27 | 2015-09-22 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Resource allocation for shared signaling channels |
US20090207790A1 (en) * | 2005-10-27 | 2009-08-20 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for settingtuneawaystatus in an open state in wireless communication system |
US8582509B2 (en) | 2005-10-27 | 2013-11-12 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Scalable frequency band operation in wireless communication systems |
US8693405B2 (en) | 2005-10-27 | 2014-04-08 | Qualcomm Incorporated | SDMA resource management |
US9172453B2 (en) | 2005-10-27 | 2015-10-27 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for pre-coding frequency division duplexing system |
US8477684B2 (en) | 2005-10-27 | 2013-07-02 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Acknowledgement of control messages in a wireless communication system |
US9210651B2 (en) | 2005-10-27 | 2015-12-08 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for bootstraping information in a communication system |
US8331285B2 (en) | 2005-10-27 | 2012-12-11 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus of establishing access channel in wireless communication systems |
US8045512B2 (en) | 2005-10-27 | 2011-10-25 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Scalable frequency band operation in wireless communication systems |
US9225488B2 (en) | 2005-10-27 | 2015-12-29 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Shared signaling channel |
US9225416B2 (en) | 2005-10-27 | 2015-12-29 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Varied signaling channels for a reverse link in a wireless communication system |
US9088384B2 (en) | 2005-10-27 | 2015-07-21 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Pilot symbol transmission in wireless communication systems |
WO2007049760A1 (en) * | 2005-10-28 | 2007-05-03 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Transmitting device, receiving device, transmitting method, receiving method and wireless communication system |
EP1780968A1 (en) * | 2005-10-28 | 2007-05-02 | Alcatel Lucent | OFDM based transmission in a cellular single frequency network with a pilot adapted channel multiplexing structure |
US8594151B2 (en) * | 2005-10-31 | 2013-11-26 | Nokia Corporation | Pilot sequence detection |
US8582548B2 (en) | 2005-11-18 | 2013-11-12 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Frequency division multiple access schemes for wireless communication |
US8831607B2 (en) | 2006-01-05 | 2014-09-09 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Reverse link other sector communication |
US20070160016A1 (en) * | 2006-01-09 | 2007-07-12 | Amit Jain | System and method for clustering wireless devices in a wireless network |
EP1808989A1 (en) * | 2006-01-12 | 2007-07-18 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | Method of digital wireless communication on a wideband mobile radio channel |
US8130857B2 (en) | 2006-01-20 | 2012-03-06 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for pilot multiplexing in a wireless communication system |
CN101375570B (en) * | 2006-01-20 | 2014-06-25 | 高通股份有限公司 | Method and apparatus for pilot multiplexing in a wireless communication system |
KR101221706B1 (en) * | 2006-01-25 | 2013-01-11 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Transmitting/receiving apparatus and method for supporting multiple input multiple output technology in a forward link of a high rate packet data system |
US8358630B2 (en) | 2006-02-03 | 2013-01-22 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method of transmitting at least one sub-packet based on feedback information in a wireless communication system |
WO2007090287A1 (en) * | 2006-02-10 | 2007-08-16 | Ignis Innovation Inc. | Method and system for light emitting device displays |
GB2436414A (en) | 2006-02-20 | 2007-09-26 | British Broadcasting Corp | OFDM - MIMO radio frequency transmission system |
US8077595B2 (en) | 2006-02-21 | 2011-12-13 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Flexible time-frequency multiplexing structure for wireless communication |
US9461736B2 (en) | 2006-02-21 | 2016-10-04 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for sub-slot packets in wireless communication |
US7782806B2 (en) | 2006-03-09 | 2010-08-24 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Timing synchronization and channel estimation at a transition between local and wide area waveforms using a designated TDM pilot |
KR101285885B1 (en) * | 2006-03-14 | 2013-07-11 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method and apparatus for transmitting pilot symbols in wireless communication system |
EP2854302A1 (en) | 2006-03-17 | 2015-04-01 | Apple Inc. | Closed-loop mimo systems and methods |
US9130791B2 (en) | 2006-03-20 | 2015-09-08 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Uplink channel estimation using a signaling channel |
JP2009530992A (en) * | 2006-03-20 | 2009-08-27 | クゥアルコム・インコーポレイテッド | Uplink channel estimation using signaling channel |
JP2007300383A (en) * | 2006-04-28 | 2007-11-15 | Fujitsu Ltd | Mimo-ofdm transmitter |
CA2556961A1 (en) | 2006-08-15 | 2008-02-15 | Ignis Innovation Inc. | Oled compensation technique based on oled capacitance |
KR101249942B1 (en) | 2006-08-31 | 2013-04-03 | 아주대학교산학협력단 | Method for generating uplink radio frame in a communication system |
TW200826702A (en) * | 2006-09-19 | 2008-06-16 | Qualcomm Inc | Multiplexing strip and data channels in a time division duplex communication system |
WO2008036687A1 (en) * | 2006-09-19 | 2008-03-27 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Offsetting beacon positions in a time division duplex communication system |
CN101529789B (en) * | 2006-10-24 | 2014-04-09 | 高通股份有限公司 | Frame structures for wireless communication systems |
JP5429602B2 (en) * | 2006-11-17 | 2014-02-26 | 日本電気株式会社 | MIMO communication system and method having deterministic channels |
KR20090087036A (en) * | 2006-12-08 | 2009-08-14 | 노키아 코포레이션 | Calibration in a spread spectrum communications system |
WO2008072286A1 (en) * | 2006-12-08 | 2008-06-19 | Fujitsu Limited | Method for reducing interference between adjacent sectors, and base station apparatus |
US8009639B2 (en) * | 2006-12-27 | 2011-08-30 | Wireless Technology Solutions Llc | Feedback control in an FDD TDD-CDMA system |
CN101222301B (en) * | 2007-01-11 | 2011-10-26 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Method for TDD mode system implementing multi-input multi-output closed-loop transmission |
KR20080114452A (en) * | 2007-06-26 | 2008-12-31 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method of transmitting of data and configuring a codebook in multi antenna system |
KR100975313B1 (en) * | 2007-07-05 | 2010-08-12 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Apparatus and method for dectctiong signal using multivariate polynomial in multiple input multiple output communication system |
US8989155B2 (en) | 2007-08-20 | 2015-03-24 | Rearden, Llc | Systems and methods for wireless backhaul in distributed-input distributed-output wireless systems |
WO2009031485A1 (en) * | 2007-09-04 | 2009-03-12 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Base station device, mobile station device, distributed antenna wireless communication system, pilot channel generation method, synchronization channel generation method, and antenna selection method |
US20090093222A1 (en) * | 2007-10-03 | 2009-04-09 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Calibration and beamforming in a wireless communication system |
US9326253B2 (en) * | 2007-11-15 | 2016-04-26 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Wireless communication channel blanking |
US8798665B2 (en) * | 2007-11-15 | 2014-08-05 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Beacon-based control channels |
US8761032B2 (en) | 2007-11-16 | 2014-06-24 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Random reuse based control channels |
US8477874B2 (en) * | 2007-12-31 | 2013-07-02 | Mobilicom Ltd. | Method, device and system of wireless communication |
KR101551527B1 (en) * | 2008-01-04 | 2015-09-08 | 인터디지탈 패튼 홀딩스, 인크 | Method and apparatus for performing wtru state transitions in hspa |
US9009573B2 (en) * | 2008-02-01 | 2015-04-14 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for facilitating concatenated codes for beacon channels |
US9107239B2 (en) | 2008-04-07 | 2015-08-11 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Systems and methods to define control channels using reserved resource blocks |
US8675537B2 (en) * | 2008-04-07 | 2014-03-18 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for using MBSFN subframes to send unicast information |
KR101502625B1 (en) * | 2008-04-16 | 2015-03-16 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method of mapping pilot sequence in wireless communication system |
US8665769B2 (en) * | 2008-04-30 | 2014-03-04 | Koninklijke Philips N.V. | Method for signalling resources to a radio station and radio station therefor |
CN101610135B (en) * | 2008-06-20 | 2012-12-26 | 电信科学技术研究院 | Distributed antenna system, data transmission method thereof and central controller |
US9374746B1 (en) * | 2008-07-07 | 2016-06-21 | Odyssey Wireless, Inc. | Systems/methods of spatial multiplexing |
JPWO2010013468A1 (en) * | 2008-07-29 | 2012-01-05 | パナソニック株式会社 | Radio communication base station apparatus, radio communication terminal apparatus, and cyclic delay setting method |
US8259825B2 (en) * | 2008-08-08 | 2012-09-04 | Motorola Mobility, Inc. | Mapping and signaling of common reference symbols for multiple antennas |
US8767524B2 (en) * | 2008-08-19 | 2014-07-01 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Training sequences for very high throughput wireless communication |
US8155138B2 (en) * | 2008-08-19 | 2012-04-10 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Training sequences for very high throughput wireless communication |
US8472309B2 (en) * | 2008-08-20 | 2013-06-25 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Using CDMA to send uplink signals in WLANs |
US9036663B2 (en) * | 2008-09-22 | 2015-05-19 | Rpx Clearinghouse Llc | Method and system for space code transmit diversity of PUCCH |
EP2351252A1 (en) * | 2008-10-23 | 2011-08-03 | Designart Networks Ltd | Method for channel estimation in a point-to-point communication network |
EP2219316A1 (en) * | 2009-02-13 | 2010-08-18 | Alcatel Lucent | Method and apparatus for assigning pilot sequences for further crosstalk evaluation |
WO2010106549A2 (en) * | 2009-03-04 | 2010-09-23 | Centre Of Excellence In Wireless | Pilot aided data transmission and reception with interference mitigation in wireless systems |
US9312978B2 (en) | 2009-03-04 | 2016-04-12 | Centre Of Excellence In Wireless Technology | Pilot aided data transmission and reception with interference mitigation in wireless systems |
US9647810B2 (en) * | 2009-03-17 | 2017-05-09 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and system for mapping pilot signals in multi-stream transmissions |
JP5203409B2 (en) * | 2009-06-23 | 2013-06-05 | 株式会社エヌ・ティ・ティ・ドコモ | Mobile terminal apparatus, radio base station apparatus, and communication control method |
KR20110044155A (en) * | 2009-10-22 | 2011-04-28 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Apparatus and method for random access channel transmission in wireless communication system |
EP2522190B1 (en) * | 2010-01-08 | 2018-02-07 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Mobile communication method and system for sounding reference signal transmission, and base station, user equipment and integrated circuit therein |
TWI526099B (en) * | 2010-02-24 | 2016-03-11 | 內數位專利控股公司 | Method and apparatus for sending an aggregated beacon |
CN101834629B (en) * | 2010-04-06 | 2014-10-22 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Method and system for indicating transmission parameters |
US8625631B2 (en) * | 2010-04-08 | 2014-01-07 | Ntt Docomo, Inc. | Method and apparatus for pilot-reuse in reciprocity-based training schemes for downlink multi-user MIMO |
US9160431B2 (en) | 2010-04-27 | 2015-10-13 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Efficient group definition and overloading for multiuser MIMO transmissions |
US9887754B2 (en) * | 2010-05-04 | 2018-02-06 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for optimizing power distribution between symbols |
US9089002B2 (en) | 2010-05-16 | 2015-07-21 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Efficient group ID management for wireless local area networks (WLANs) |
WO2012058648A2 (en) | 2010-10-29 | 2012-05-03 | Neocific, Inc. | Transmission of synchronization and control signals in a broadband wireless system |
CA2802654C (en) | 2011-02-18 | 2018-12-18 | Panasonic Corporation | Method of signal generation and signal generating device |
US9113490B2 (en) * | 2011-04-24 | 2015-08-18 | Broadcom Corporation | Short training field (STF) for use within single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications |
US8792372B2 (en) * | 2011-06-20 | 2014-07-29 | Xiao-an Wang | Carrier-phase difference detection with mismatched transmitter and receiver delays |
US9225482B2 (en) | 2011-10-17 | 2015-12-29 | Golba Llc | Method and system for MIMO transmission in a distributed transceiver network |
CN103096379B (en) * | 2011-11-07 | 2015-07-08 | 华为技术有限公司 | Control information transmission method |
US9661612B2 (en) * | 2012-06-29 | 2017-05-23 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Methods and apparatus for uplink control channel multiplexing in beamformed cellular systems |
US9197982B2 (en) | 2012-08-08 | 2015-11-24 | Golba Llc | Method and system for distributed transceivers for distributed access points connectivity |
CN103840851A (en) * | 2012-11-21 | 2014-06-04 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Multiplexer |
US10194346B2 (en) | 2012-11-26 | 2019-01-29 | Rearden, Llc | Systems and methods for exploiting inter-cell multiplexing gain in wireless cellular systems via distributed input distributed output technology |
US11189917B2 (en) | 2014-04-16 | 2021-11-30 | Rearden, Llc | Systems and methods for distributing radioheads |
US11190947B2 (en) | 2014-04-16 | 2021-11-30 | Rearden, Llc | Systems and methods for concurrent spectrum usage within actively used spectrum |
US11050468B2 (en) | 2014-04-16 | 2021-06-29 | Rearden, Llc | Systems and methods for mitigating interference within actively used spectrum |
KR101772040B1 (en) * | 2013-01-02 | 2017-08-29 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and apparatus for fast beam-link construction scheme in the mobile communication system |
US9923657B2 (en) | 2013-03-12 | 2018-03-20 | Rearden, Llc | Systems and methods for exploiting inter-cell multiplexing gain in wireless cellular systems via distributed input distributed output technology |
US10488535B2 (en) | 2013-03-12 | 2019-11-26 | Rearden, Llc | Apparatus and method for capturing still images and video using diffraction coded imaging techniques |
US9973246B2 (en) | 2013-03-12 | 2018-05-15 | Rearden, Llc | Systems and methods for exploiting inter-cell multiplexing gain in wireless cellular systems via distributed input distributed output technology |
US10164698B2 (en) | 2013-03-12 | 2018-12-25 | Rearden, Llc | Systems and methods for exploiting inter-cell multiplexing gain in wireless cellular systems via distributed input distributed output technology |
RU2767777C2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2022-03-21 | Риарден, Ллк | Systems and methods of radio frequency calibration using the principle of reciprocity of channels in wireless communication with distributed input - distributed output |
US11290162B2 (en) | 2014-04-16 | 2022-03-29 | Rearden, Llc | Systems and methods for mitigating interference within actively used spectrum |
US9985701B2 (en) * | 2014-05-07 | 2018-05-29 | National Instruments Corporation | Signaling and frame structure for massive MIMO cellular telecommunication systems |
CN106688287B (en) | 2014-06-17 | 2020-01-10 | 华为技术有限公司 | User equipment, access node equipment, central network controller and corresponding methods |
EP3278465A1 (en) * | 2015-03-30 | 2018-02-07 | Sony Corporation | Systems, methods and computer program products for optimizing a wireless channel between a user equipment and a base station |
JP2016195331A (en) * | 2015-03-31 | 2016-11-17 | 三星電子株式会社Samsung Electronics Co.,Ltd. | Array antenna transmitter receiver and calibration value calculation method |
US10382598B1 (en) | 2015-05-01 | 2019-08-13 | Marvell International Ltd. | Physical layer frame format for WLAN |
US10181966B1 (en) | 2015-05-01 | 2019-01-15 | Marvell International Ltd. | WiFi classification by pilot sequences |
US10038518B1 (en) | 2015-06-11 | 2018-07-31 | Marvell International Ltd. | Signaling phy preamble formats |
JP6480286B2 (en) * | 2015-08-07 | 2019-03-06 | 日本電信電話株式会社 | Wireless communication system and wireless communication method |
US9401824B1 (en) * | 2015-09-24 | 2016-07-26 | Hong Kong Applied Science and Technology Research Institute Company Limited | Method and apparatus of channel estimation in multi-user massive MIMO systems |
US9654188B2 (en) | 2015-09-30 | 2017-05-16 | National Instruments Corporation | Scalable massive MIMO |
KR20230104998A (en) * | 2016-02-04 | 2023-07-11 | 데카웨이브 리미티드 | Secure channel sounding |
EP3414846B1 (en) | 2016-02-08 | 2022-03-30 | Sony Group Corporation | Operating a cellular mimo system |
CN107689839B (en) | 2016-08-04 | 2020-09-22 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Signal transmission method and device |
CN112202541B (en) | 2016-08-04 | 2022-02-22 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Signal transmission method and device |
US10924235B2 (en) | 2017-03-25 | 2021-02-16 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Method of receiving phase tracking reference signal by user equipment in wireless communication system and device for supporting same |
TWI618374B (en) * | 2017-04-21 | 2018-03-11 | 國立臺灣大學 | Methods of beam-indexed spatial modulation |
US10321332B2 (en) | 2017-05-30 | 2019-06-11 | Movandi Corporation | Non-line-of-sight (NLOS) coverage for millimeter wave communication |
EP3639416A4 (en) * | 2017-06-16 | 2021-01-20 | Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) | Methods, apparatuses, and computer programs for link adaptation |
US10484078B2 (en) | 2017-07-11 | 2019-11-19 | Movandi Corporation | Reconfigurable and modular active repeater device |
WO2019037847A1 (en) | 2017-08-23 | 2019-02-28 | Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der angewandten Forschung e.V. | Over the air calibration and testing of beamforming-based multi-antenna devices in anechoic and non-anechoic environments |
US10348371B2 (en) | 2017-12-07 | 2019-07-09 | Movandi Corporation | Optimized multi-beam antenna array network with an extended radio frequency range |
US10862559B2 (en) | 2017-12-08 | 2020-12-08 | Movandi Corporation | Signal cancellation in radio frequency (RF) device network |
US10090887B1 (en) | 2017-12-08 | 2018-10-02 | Movandi Corporation | Controlled power transmission in radio frequency (RF) device network |
US10637159B2 (en) | 2018-02-26 | 2020-04-28 | Movandi Corporation | Waveguide antenna element-based beam forming phased array antenna system for millimeter wave communication |
US11088457B2 (en) | 2018-02-26 | 2021-08-10 | Silicon Valley Bank | Waveguide antenna element based beam forming phased array antenna system for millimeter wave communication |
CN108601075A (en) * | 2018-04-03 | 2018-09-28 | 赣南师范大学 | The single user water injection power distribution method of OFDM cognitive radio systems |
US10348388B1 (en) | 2018-04-30 | 2019-07-09 | Khalifa University of Science and Technology | Direct data detection for MIMO communications systems |
CN109005133B (en) * | 2018-07-12 | 2021-04-16 | 南京邮电大学 | Double-sparse multi-path channel model and channel estimation method based on model |
US10673555B2 (en) | 2018-07-23 | 2020-06-02 | DecaWave, Ltd. | Secure channel sounding |
JP7176967B2 (en) | 2019-02-01 | 2022-11-22 | 株式会社アルバック | Vacuum actuators, gate valves |
CN110289894B (en) * | 2019-07-17 | 2021-07-02 | 电子科技大学 | Novel modulation method |
FR3107152B1 (en) * | 2020-02-07 | 2022-09-09 | Fond B Com | Method and device for determining a pilot sequence, method for channel estimation and associated computer program |
Family Cites Families (564)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US1730801A (en) | 1927-11-01 | 1929-10-08 | Warren S D Co | Method of treating molds |
US4679227A (en) | 1985-05-20 | 1987-07-07 | Telebit Corporation | Ensemble modem structure for imperfect transmission media |
US4736371A (en) | 1985-12-30 | 1988-04-05 | Nec Corporation | Satellite communications system with random multiple access and time slot reservation |
JPH063956Y2 (en) | 1986-03-14 | 1994-02-02 | 松下電工株式会社 | Electric garage door |
US4750198A (en) | 1986-12-12 | 1988-06-07 | Astronet Corporation/Plessey U.K. | Cellular radiotelephone system providing diverse separately-accessible groups of channels |
US4797879A (en) | 1987-06-05 | 1989-01-10 | American Telephone And Telegraph Company At&T Bell Laboratories | Packet switched interconnection protocols for a star configured optical lan |
JPH01132027A (en) | 1987-11-17 | 1989-05-24 | Toshiba Corp | Cleaning device for seal surface of cathode-ray tube panel |
JP2873320B2 (en) | 1989-09-19 | 1999-03-24 | 日本電信電話株式会社 | Mobile station sector determination method |
JPH03104430U (en) | 1990-02-14 | 1991-10-30 | ||
US5081679A (en) | 1990-07-20 | 1992-01-14 | Ericsson Ge Mobile Communications Holding Inc. | Resynchronization of encryption systems upon handoff |
IL100213A (en) | 1990-12-07 | 1995-03-30 | Qualcomm Inc | CDMA microcellular telephone system and distributed antenna system therefor |
US5239677A (en) | 1991-07-01 | 1993-08-24 | Motorola, Inc. | Method and apparatus for initiating communication on an assigned frequency |
IT1250515B (en) | 1991-10-07 | 1995-04-08 | Sixtel Spa | NETWORK FOR LOCAL AREA WITHOUT WIRES. |
US5241544A (en) * | 1991-11-01 | 1993-08-31 | Motorola, Inc. | Multi-channel tdm communication system slot phase correction |
US5592490A (en) | 1991-12-12 | 1997-01-07 | Arraycomm, Inc. | Spectrally efficient high capacity wireless communication systems |
US6850252B1 (en) | 1999-10-05 | 2005-02-01 | Steven M. Hoffberg | Intelligent electronic appliance system and method |
US5295159A (en) | 1992-04-17 | 1994-03-15 | Bell Communications Research, Inc. | Coordinated coding for digital transmission |
JPH063956A (en) | 1992-06-17 | 1994-01-14 | Seiko Epson Corp | Device for detecting remaining quantity of recording material |
RU2015281C1 (en) | 1992-09-22 | 1994-06-30 | Борис Михайлович Кондрашов | Locking device |
US5404355A (en) | 1992-10-05 | 1995-04-04 | Ericsson Ge Mobile Communications, Inc. | Method for transmitting broadcast information in a digital control channel |
GB2300337B (en) | 1992-10-05 | 1997-03-26 | Ericsson Ge Mobile Communicat | Digital control channel |
DE69327837T2 (en) | 1992-12-01 | 2000-10-12 | Koninkl Philips Electronics Nv | Subband diversity transmission system |
US5471647A (en) | 1993-04-14 | 1995-11-28 | The Leland Stanford Junior University | Method for minimizing cross-talk in adaptive transmission antennas |
US5479447A (en) | 1993-05-03 | 1995-12-26 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford, Junior University | Method and apparatus for adaptive, variable bandwidth, high-speed data transmission of a multicarrier signal over digital subscriber lines |
US5483667A (en) | 1993-07-08 | 1996-01-09 | Northern Telecom Limited | Frequency plan for a cellular network |
DE69423546T2 (en) | 1993-07-09 | 2000-09-21 | Koninkl Philips Electronics Nv | Telecommunication network, master station and slave station for use in such a network |
ZA946674B (en) | 1993-09-08 | 1995-05-02 | Qualcomm Inc | Method and apparatus for determining the transmission data rate in a multi-user communication system |
US5506861A (en) | 1993-11-22 | 1996-04-09 | Ericsson Ge Mobile Comminications Inc. | System and method for joint demodulation of CDMA signals |
US5418813A (en) | 1993-12-06 | 1995-05-23 | Motorola, Inc. | Method and apparatus for creating a composite waveform |
US5490087A (en) | 1993-12-06 | 1996-02-06 | Motorola, Inc. | Radio channel access control |
US5422733A (en) | 1994-02-04 | 1995-06-06 | Motorola, Inc. | Method and apparatus for facsimile communication of first and second type information with selective call communication systems |
US5491837A (en) | 1994-03-07 | 1996-02-13 | Ericsson Inc. | Method and system for channel allocation using power control and mobile-assisted handover measurements |
US5493712A (en) | 1994-03-23 | 1996-02-20 | At&T Corp. | Fast AGC for TDMA radio systems |
JP3055085B2 (en) | 1994-04-22 | 2000-06-19 | 株式会社アドバンテスト | Digital modulation analyzer |
WO1995030316A1 (en) | 1994-05-02 | 1995-11-09 | Motorola Inc. | Multiple subchannel flexible protocol method and apparatus |
US5677909A (en) | 1994-05-11 | 1997-10-14 | Spectrix Corporation | Apparatus for exchanging data between a central station and a plurality of wireless remote stations on a time divided commnication channel |
US6157343A (en) | 1996-09-09 | 2000-12-05 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson | Antenna array calibration |
DE4425713C1 (en) | 1994-07-20 | 1995-04-20 | Inst Rundfunktechnik Gmbh | Method for multi-carrier modulation and demodulation of digitally coded data |
FR2724084B1 (en) | 1994-08-31 | 1997-01-03 | Alcatel Mobile Comm France | INFORMATION TRANSMISSION SYSTEM VIA A TIME-VARIED TRANSMISSION CHANNEL, AND RELATED TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION EQUIPMENT |
MY120873A (en) | 1994-09-30 | 2005-12-30 | Qualcomm Inc | Multipath search processor for a spread spectrum multiple access communication system |
US5710768A (en) | 1994-09-30 | 1998-01-20 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method of searching for a bursty signal |
JPH08274756A (en) | 1995-03-30 | 1996-10-18 | Toshiba Corp | Radio communication system |
JP3231575B2 (en) | 1995-04-18 | 2001-11-26 | 三菱電機株式会社 | Wireless data transmission equipment |
KR0155818B1 (en) | 1995-04-29 | 1998-11-16 | 김광호 | Power distribution method and apparatus in multi-carrier transmitting system |
US6018317A (en) | 1995-06-02 | 2000-01-25 | Trw Inc. | Cochannel signal processing system |
US5606729A (en) | 1995-06-21 | 1997-02-25 | Motorola, Inc. | Method and apparatus for implementing a received signal quality measurement in a radio communication system |
US5729542A (en) | 1995-06-28 | 1998-03-17 | Motorola, Inc. | Method and apparatus for communication system access |
US7929498B2 (en) | 1995-06-30 | 2011-04-19 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Adaptive forward power control and adaptive reverse power control for spread-spectrum communications |
US5638369A (en) | 1995-07-05 | 1997-06-10 | Motorola, Inc. | Method and apparatus for inbound channel selection in a communication system |
DE69535033T2 (en) | 1995-07-11 | 2007-03-08 | Alcatel | Allocation of capacity in OFDM |
GB9514659D0 (en) | 1995-07-18 | 1995-09-13 | Northern Telecom Ltd | An antenna downlink beamsteering arrangement |
US5867539A (en) | 1995-07-21 | 1999-02-02 | Hitachi America, Ltd. | Methods and apparatus for reducing the effect of impulse noise on receivers |
FI98674C (en) | 1995-08-18 | 1997-07-25 | Nokia Mobile Phones Ltd | A method for adjusting the transmission power during connection establishment and a cellular radio system |
JP2802255B2 (en) | 1995-09-06 | 1998-09-24 | 株式会社次世代デジタルテレビジョン放送システム研究所 | Orthogonal frequency division multiplexing transmission system and transmission device and reception device using the same |
GB9521739D0 (en) | 1995-10-24 | 1996-01-03 | Nat Transcommunications Ltd | Decoding carriers encoded using orthogonal frequency division multiplexing |
US6005876A (en) | 1996-03-08 | 1999-12-21 | At&T Corp | Method and apparatus for mobile data communication |
US5699365A (en) | 1996-03-27 | 1997-12-16 | Motorola, Inc. | Apparatus and method for adaptive forward error correction in data communications |
JPH09266466A (en) | 1996-03-28 | 1997-10-07 | Sumitomo Electric Ind Ltd | Digital transmission system |
US5799005A (en) | 1996-04-30 | 1998-08-25 | Qualcomm Incorporated | System and method for determining received pilot power and path loss in a CDMA communication system |
US5924015A (en) | 1996-04-30 | 1999-07-13 | Trw Inc | Power control method and apparatus for satellite based telecommunications system |
JPH09307526A (en) | 1996-05-17 | 1997-11-28 | Mitsubishi Electric Corp | Digital broadcast receiver |
DE69705356T2 (en) | 1996-05-17 | 2002-05-02 | Motorola Ltd | Method and device for weighting a transmission path |
US5822374A (en) | 1996-06-07 | 1998-10-13 | Motorola, Inc. | Method for fine gains adjustment in an ADSL communications system |
FI101920B (en) | 1996-06-07 | 1998-09-15 | Nokia Telecommunications Oy | Channel reservation procedure for a packet network |
JPH09327073A (en) | 1996-06-07 | 1997-12-16 | N T T Ido Tsushinmo Kk | Method for arranging and transmitting pilot channel in cdma mobile communication system |
US6798735B1 (en) | 1996-06-12 | 2004-09-28 | Aware, Inc. | Adaptive allocation for variable bandwidth multicarrier communication |
US6072779A (en) | 1997-06-12 | 2000-06-06 | Aware, Inc. | Adaptive allocation for variable bandwidth multicarrier communication |
US6097771A (en) | 1996-07-01 | 2000-08-01 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Wireless communications system having a layered space-time architecture employing multi-element antennas |
JPH1028077A (en) | 1996-07-11 | 1998-01-27 | Takuro Sato | Communication equipment |
JPH1051402A (en) | 1996-08-01 | 1998-02-20 | Nec Corp | Reception electric field detection circuit |
US6014429A (en) | 1996-08-12 | 2000-01-11 | Lucent Technologies, Inc. | Two-way wireless messaging system with transaction server |
US6067292A (en) | 1996-08-20 | 2000-05-23 | Lucent Technologies Inc | Pilot interference cancellation for a coherent wireless code division multiple access receiver |
WO1998009385A2 (en) | 1996-08-29 | 1998-03-05 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Spatio-temporal processing for communication |
JP2001359152A (en) | 2000-06-14 | 2001-12-26 | Sony Corp | Radio communication system and radio base station device and radio mobile station device and radio zone assigning method and radio communication method |
JP2846860B2 (en) | 1996-10-01 | 1999-01-13 | ユニデン株式会社 | Transmitter, receiver, communication system and communication method using spread spectrum communication system |
US6275543B1 (en) | 1996-10-11 | 2001-08-14 | Arraycomm, Inc. | Method for reference signal generation in the presence of frequency offsets in a communications station with spatial processing |
TW496620U (en) | 1996-10-16 | 2002-07-21 | Behavior Tech Computer Corp | Wireless data transmitting apparatus |
US5886988A (en) | 1996-10-23 | 1999-03-23 | Arraycomm, Inc. | Channel assignment and call admission control for spatial division multiple access communication systems |
US6049548A (en) | 1996-11-22 | 2000-04-11 | Stanford Telecommunications, Inc. | Multi-access CS-P/CD-E system and protocols on satellite channels applicable to a group of mobile users in close proximity |
EP0948847A1 (en) | 1996-11-26 | 1999-10-13 | TRW Inc. | Cochannel signal processing system |
KR200198861Y1 (en) | 1996-12-10 | 2000-10-02 | 정몽규 | Apparatus of oil level checking |
US5896376A (en) | 1996-12-13 | 1999-04-20 | Ericsson Inc. | Optimal use of logical channels within a mobile telecommunications network |
US5859965A (en) * | 1996-12-17 | 1999-01-12 | Sun Microsystems, Inc. | Method and apparatus for maintaining data consistency in raid |
US6232918B1 (en) | 1997-01-08 | 2001-05-15 | Us Wireless Corporation | Antenna array calibration in wireless communication systems |
JPH10209956A (en) | 1997-01-28 | 1998-08-07 | Nippon Telegr & Teleph Corp <Ntt> | Radio packet communication method |
US6128276A (en) | 1997-02-24 | 2000-10-03 | Radix Wireless, Inc. | Stacked-carrier discrete multiple tone communication technology and combinations with code nulling, interference cancellation, retrodirective communication and adaptive antenna arrays |
JPH10303794A (en) | 1997-02-27 | 1998-11-13 | Mitsubishi Electric Corp | Known system detector |
US6084915A (en) | 1997-03-03 | 2000-07-04 | 3Com Corporation | Signaling method having mixed-base shell map indices |
US6175550B1 (en) | 1997-04-01 | 2001-01-16 | Lucent Technologies, Inc. | Orthogonal frequency division multiplexing system with dynamically scalable operating parameters and method thereof |
KR100267856B1 (en) | 1997-04-16 | 2000-10-16 | 윤종용 | Over head channel management method an apparatus in mobile communication system |
US6308080B1 (en) | 1997-05-16 | 2001-10-23 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Power control in point-to-multipoint systems |
US6347217B1 (en) | 1997-05-22 | 2002-02-12 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Link quality reporting using frame erasure rates |
US6008760A (en) | 1997-05-23 | 1999-12-28 | Genghis Comm | Cancellation system for frequency reuse in microwave communications |
FR2764143A1 (en) | 1997-05-27 | 1998-12-04 | Philips Electronics Nv | METHOD FOR DETERMINING A SYMBOL TRANSMISSION FORMAT IN A TRANSMISSION SYSTEM AND SYSTEM |
US6141555A (en) | 1997-06-09 | 2000-10-31 | Nec Corporation | Cellular communication system, and mobile and base stations used in the same |
US5867478A (en) | 1997-06-20 | 1999-02-02 | Motorola, Inc. | Synchronous coherent orthogonal frequency division multiplexing system, method, software and device |
US6067458A (en) | 1997-07-01 | 2000-05-23 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for pre-transmission power control using lower rate for high rate communication |
US6108369A (en) | 1997-07-11 | 2000-08-22 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson | Channelization code allocation for radio communication systems |
JPH1141159A (en) | 1997-07-15 | 1999-02-12 | Nippon Telegr & Teleph Corp <Ntt> | Communication equipment |
US6333953B1 (en) | 1997-07-21 | 2001-12-25 | Ericsson Inc. | System and methods for selecting an appropriate detection technique in a radiocommunication system |
EP0895387A1 (en) | 1997-07-28 | 1999-02-03 | Deutsche Thomson-Brandt Gmbh | Detection of the transmission mode of a DVB signal |
US6141542A (en) | 1997-07-31 | 2000-10-31 | Motorola, Inc. | Method and apparatus for controlling transmit diversity in a communication system |
CN1086061C (en) | 1997-08-12 | 2002-06-05 | 鸿海精密工业股份有限公司 | Fixture for electric connector |
US6131016A (en) | 1997-08-27 | 2000-10-10 | At&T Corp | Method and apparatus for enhancing communication reception at a wireless communication terminal |
EP0899896A1 (en) | 1997-08-27 | 1999-03-03 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft | Method and system to estimate spatial parameters of transmission channels |
JP2991167B2 (en) | 1997-08-27 | 1999-12-20 | 三菱電機株式会社 | TDMA variable slot allocation method |
US6167031A (en) | 1997-08-29 | 2000-12-26 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Method for selecting a combination of modulation and channel coding schemes in a digital communication system |
BR9812816A (en) | 1997-09-15 | 2000-08-08 | Adaptive Telecom Inc | Processes for wireless communication, and to efficiently determine a space channel of the mobile unit in a wireless communication system at the base station, and cdma base station |
US6389000B1 (en) | 1997-09-16 | 2002-05-14 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving high speed data in a CDMA communication system using multiple carriers |
US6590928B1 (en) | 1997-09-17 | 2003-07-08 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Frequency hopping piconets in an uncoordinated wireless multi-user system |
AUPO932297A0 (en) | 1997-09-19 | 1997-10-09 | Commonwealth Scientific And Industrial Research Organisation | Medium access control protocol for data communications |
KR100234329B1 (en) | 1997-09-30 | 1999-12-15 | 윤종용 | FFT window position recovery apparatus for OFDM system receiver and method thereof |
US6178196B1 (en) | 1997-10-06 | 2001-01-23 | At&T Corp. | Combined interference cancellation and maximum likelihood decoding of space-time block codes |
US6574211B2 (en) | 1997-11-03 | 2003-06-03 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for high rate packet data transmission |
US6377812B1 (en) | 1997-11-20 | 2002-04-23 | University Of Maryland | Combined power control and space-time diversity in mobile cellular communications |
US6122247A (en) | 1997-11-24 | 2000-09-19 | Motorola Inc. | Method for reallocating data in a discrete multi-tone communication system |
JPH11163823A (en) | 1997-11-26 | 1999-06-18 | Victor Co Of Japan Ltd | Orthogonal frequency division multiplex signal transmission method, transmitter and receiver |
US5936569A (en) | 1997-12-02 | 1999-08-10 | Nokia Telecommunications Oy | Method and arrangement for adjusting antenna pattern |
US6154661A (en) | 1997-12-10 | 2000-11-28 | Arraycomm, Inc. | Transmitting on the downlink using one or more weight vectors determined to achieve a desired radiation pattern |
US6084917A (en) | 1997-12-16 | 2000-07-04 | Integrated Telecom Express | Circuit for configuring and dynamically adapting data and energy parameters in a multi-channel communications system |
US5929810A (en) | 1997-12-19 | 1999-07-27 | Northrop Grumman Corporation | In-flight antenna optimization |
US6175588B1 (en) | 1997-12-30 | 2001-01-16 | Motorola, Inc. | Communication device and method for interference suppression using adaptive equalization in a spread spectrum communication system |
US6088387A (en) | 1997-12-31 | 2000-07-11 | At&T Corp. | Multi-channel parallel/serial concatenated convolutional codes and trellis coded modulation encoder/decoder |
EP2254300B1 (en) | 1998-01-06 | 2013-05-15 | Mosaid Technologies Incorporated | Multicarrier modulation system with variable symbol rates |
JP3724940B2 (en) | 1998-01-08 | 2005-12-07 | 株式会社東芝 | OFDM diversity receiver |
US5982327A (en) | 1998-01-12 | 1999-11-09 | Motorola, Inc. | Adaptive array method, device, base station and subscriber unit |
US6608874B1 (en) | 1998-01-12 | 2003-08-19 | Hughes Electronics Corporation | Method and apparatus for quadrature multi-pulse modulation of data for spectrally efficient communication |
EP0930752A3 (en) | 1998-01-14 | 1999-10-20 | Motorola, Inc. | Method for allocating data and power in a discrete multitone communication system |
US5973638A (en) | 1998-01-30 | 1999-10-26 | Micronetics Wireless, Inc. | Smart antenna channel simulator and test system |
US7787514B2 (en) | 1998-02-12 | 2010-08-31 | Lot 41 Acquisition Foundation, Llc | Carrier interferometry coding with applications to cellular and local area networks |
EP0938208A1 (en) | 1998-02-22 | 1999-08-25 | Sony International (Europe) GmbH | Multicarrier transmission, compatible with the existing GSM system |
AU2754899A (en) | 1998-02-27 | 1999-09-15 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Multiple access categorization for mobile station |
JP3082756B2 (en) | 1998-02-27 | 2000-08-28 | 日本電気株式会社 | Multi-carrier transmission system and method |
US6141388A (en) | 1998-03-11 | 2000-10-31 | Ericsson Inc. | Received signal quality determination method and systems for convolutionally encoded communication channels |
US6058107A (en) | 1998-04-08 | 2000-05-02 | Motorola, Inc. | Method for updating forward power control in a communication system |
US6317466B1 (en) | 1998-04-15 | 2001-11-13 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Wireless communications system having a space-time architecture employing multi-element antennas at both the transmitter and receiver |
US6615024B1 (en) | 1998-05-01 | 2003-09-02 | Arraycomm, Inc. | Method and apparatus for determining signatures for calibrating a communication station having an antenna array |
US7123628B1 (en) | 1998-05-06 | 2006-10-17 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Communication system with improved medium access control sub-layer |
JP3286247B2 (en) | 1998-05-08 | 2002-05-27 | 松下電器産業株式会社 | Wireless communication system |
US6205410B1 (en) | 1998-06-01 | 2001-03-20 | Globespan Semiconductor, Inc. | System and method for bit loading with optimal margin assignment |
EP1088412B1 (en) | 1998-06-19 | 2007-12-26 | Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) | Frame synchronization techniques and systems |
US6795424B1 (en) | 1998-06-30 | 2004-09-21 | Tellabs Operations, Inc. | Method and apparatus for interference suppression in orthogonal frequency division multiplexed (OFDM) wireless communication systems |
JP2000092009A (en) | 1998-07-13 | 2000-03-31 | Sony Corp | Communication method, transmitter and receiver |
RU2183387C2 (en) | 1998-07-16 | 2002-06-10 | Самсунг Электроникс Ко., Лтд. | Processing of packaged data in mobile communication system |
KR100342525B1 (en) | 1998-07-16 | 2002-06-28 | 윤종용 | Method and system form processing packet data in mobile communication system |
US6154443A (en) | 1998-08-11 | 2000-11-28 | Industrial Technology Research Institute | FFT-based CDMA RAKE receiver system and method |
US6594620B1 (en) | 1998-08-17 | 2003-07-15 | Aspen Technology, Inc. | Sensor validation apparatus and method |
EP1119932A4 (en) | 1998-08-18 | 2002-10-09 | Beamreach Networks Inc | Stacked-carrier discrete multiple tone communication technology |
KR100429540B1 (en) | 1998-08-26 | 2004-08-09 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Packet data communication apparatus and method of mobile communication system |
US6515617B1 (en) | 1998-09-01 | 2003-02-04 | Hughes Electronics Corporation | Method and system for position determination using geostationary earth orbit satellite |
DE19842712C1 (en) | 1998-09-17 | 2000-05-04 | Siemens Ag | Correlation error correction procedure for signal demodulator, involves computing difference between primary and secondary phase values of spreading signals, to compute phase value of local signal |
US6292917B1 (en) | 1998-09-30 | 2001-09-18 | Agere Systems Guardian Corp. | Unequal error protection for digital broadcasting using channel classification |
EP0993211B1 (en) | 1998-10-05 | 2005-01-12 | Sony International (Europe) GmbH | Random access channel partitioning scheme for CDMA system |
EP0993212B1 (en) | 1998-10-05 | 2006-05-24 | Sony Deutschland GmbH | Random access channel partitioning scheme for CDMA system |
US6711121B1 (en) | 1998-10-09 | 2004-03-23 | At&T Corp. | Orthogonal code division multiplexing for twisted pair channels |
ES2183651T3 (en) | 1998-10-27 | 2003-03-16 | Siemens Ag | CHANNEL AND DEVICE ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE FOR CODIFIED AND COMBINED INFORMATION SETS. |
JP4287536B2 (en) | 1998-11-06 | 2009-07-01 | パナソニック株式会社 | OFDM transmitter / receiver and OFDM transmitter / receiver method |
AU1966699A (en) | 1998-12-03 | 2000-07-03 | Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft Zur Forderung Der Angewandten Forschung E.V. | Apparatus and method for transmitting information and apparatus and method for receiving information |
GB9827182D0 (en) | 1998-12-10 | 1999-02-03 | Philips Electronics Nv | Radio communication system |
FI108588B (en) | 1998-12-15 | 2002-02-15 | Nokia Corp | Method and radio system for transmitting a digital signal |
JP2000244441A (en) | 1998-12-22 | 2000-09-08 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Ofdm transmitter-receiver |
US6266528B1 (en) | 1998-12-23 | 2001-07-24 | Arraycomm, Inc. | Performance monitor for antenna arrays |
US6310909B1 (en) | 1998-12-23 | 2001-10-30 | Broadcom Corporation | DSL rate adaptation |
US6463290B1 (en) | 1999-01-08 | 2002-10-08 | Trueposition, Inc. | Mobile-assisted network based techniques for improving accuracy of wireless location system |
US6348036B1 (en) | 1999-01-24 | 2002-02-19 | Genzyme Corporation | Surgical retractor and tissue stabilization device |
RU2152132C1 (en) | 1999-01-26 | 2000-06-27 | Государственное унитарное предприятие Воронежский научно-исследовательский институт связи | Radio communication line with three- dimensional modulation |
JP3619729B2 (en) | 2000-01-19 | 2005-02-16 | 松下電器産業株式会社 | Radio receiving apparatus and radio receiving method |
KR100651457B1 (en) | 1999-02-13 | 2006-11-28 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method of contiguous outer loop power control in dtx mode of cdma mobile communication system |
US6574267B1 (en) | 1999-03-22 | 2003-06-03 | Golden Bridge Technology, Inc. | Rach ramp-up acknowledgement |
US6169759B1 (en) | 1999-03-22 | 2001-01-02 | Golden Bridge Technology | Common packet channel |
US6363267B1 (en) | 1999-04-07 | 2002-03-26 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Mobile terminal decode failure procedure in a wireless local area network |
US6346910B1 (en) | 1999-04-07 | 2002-02-12 | Tei Ito | Automatic array calibration scheme for wireless point-to-multipoint communication networks |
IL145548A0 (en) | 1999-04-12 | 2002-06-30 | Samsung Electronics Co Ltd | Apparatus and method for gated transmission in a cdma communication system |
EP1075093A1 (en) | 1999-08-02 | 2001-02-07 | Interuniversitair Micro-Elektronica Centrum Vzw | A method and apparatus for multi-user transmission |
US6594798B1 (en) | 1999-05-21 | 2003-07-15 | Microsoft Corporation | Receiver-driven layered error correction multicast over heterogeneous packet networks |
US6532562B1 (en) | 1999-05-21 | 2003-03-11 | Microsoft Corp | Receiver-driven layered error correction multicast over heterogeneous packet networks |
US6594473B1 (en) | 1999-05-28 | 2003-07-15 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Wireless system with transmitter having multiple transmit antennas and combining open loop and closed loop transmit diversities |
KR100605978B1 (en) | 1999-05-29 | 2006-07-28 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Transceiver apparatus and method for continuous outer loop power control in dtx mode of cdma mobile communication system |
US7072410B1 (en) | 1999-06-01 | 2006-07-04 | Peter Monsen | Multiple access system and method for multibeam digital radio systems |
US6141567A (en) | 1999-06-07 | 2000-10-31 | Arraycomm, Inc. | Apparatus and method for beamforming in a changing-interference environment |
US6385264B1 (en) | 1999-06-08 | 2002-05-07 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for mitigating interference between base stations in a wideband CDMA system |
US6976262B1 (en) | 1999-06-14 | 2005-12-13 | Sun Microsystems, Inc. | Web-based enterprise management with multiple repository capability |
KR100330244B1 (en) | 1999-07-08 | 2002-03-25 | 윤종용 | Data rate detection device and method for a mobile communication system |
US6163296A (en) | 1999-07-12 | 2000-12-19 | Lockheed Martin Corp. | Calibration and integrated beam control/conditioning system for phased-array antennas |
RU2168278C2 (en) | 1999-07-16 | 2001-05-27 | Корпорация "Самсунг Электроникс" | Process of unrestricted access of subscribers of mobile station |
US6532225B1 (en) | 1999-07-27 | 2003-03-11 | At&T Corp | Medium access control layer for packetized wireless systems |
US6067290A (en) | 1999-07-30 | 2000-05-23 | Gigabit Wireless, Inc. | Spatial multiplexing in a cellular network |
JP2001044930A (en) | 1999-07-30 | 2001-02-16 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Device and method for radio communication |
US7027464B1 (en) | 1999-07-30 | 2006-04-11 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | OFDM signal transmission scheme, and OFDM signal transmitter/receiver |
US6245806B1 (en) | 1999-08-03 | 2001-06-12 | Merck & Co., Inc. | HIV integrase inhibitors |
US6721339B2 (en) | 1999-08-17 | 2004-04-13 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Method of providing downlink transmit diversity |
US6735188B1 (en) | 1999-08-27 | 2004-05-11 | Tachyon, Inc. | Channel encoding and decoding method and apparatus |
US6278726B1 (en) | 1999-09-10 | 2001-08-21 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Interference cancellation in a spread spectrum communication system |
US6115406A (en) | 1999-09-10 | 2000-09-05 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Transmission using an antenna array in a CDMA communication system |
US6426971B1 (en) | 1999-09-13 | 2002-07-30 | Qualcomm Incorporated | System and method for accurately predicting signal to interference and noise ratio to improve communications system performance |
SG80071A1 (en) | 1999-09-24 | 2001-04-17 | Univ Singapore | Downlink beamforming method |
US6850494B1 (en) | 1999-09-27 | 2005-02-01 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and system for querying attributes in a cellular communications system |
JP3421671B2 (en) | 1999-09-30 | 2003-06-30 | 独立行政法人通信総合研究所 | Communication system, selection device, transmission device, reception device, selection method, transmission method, reception method, and information recording medium |
JP3961829B2 (en) | 1999-10-02 | 2007-08-22 | サムスン エレクトロニクス カンパニー リミテッド | Apparatus and method for intermittent transmission / reception of control channel signal in code division multiple access communication system |
DE19950005A1 (en) | 1999-10-18 | 2001-04-19 | Bernhard Walke | Range enhancement operating method for mobile radio communications base station uses mobile stations within normal range as relay stations for reaching mobile stations outside normal operating range |
DE19951525C2 (en) | 1999-10-26 | 2002-01-24 | Siemens Ag | Method for calibrating an electronically phased array antenna in radio communication systems |
US6492942B1 (en) | 1999-11-09 | 2002-12-10 | Com Dev International, Inc. | Content-based adaptive parasitic array antenna system |
JP3416597B2 (en) | 1999-11-19 | 2003-06-16 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Wireless base station |
US7088671B1 (en) | 1999-11-24 | 2006-08-08 | Peter Monsen | Multiple access technique for downlink multibeam digital radio systems |
US7110785B1 (en) | 1999-12-03 | 2006-09-19 | Nortel Networks Limited | Performing power control in a mobile communications system |
US6351499B1 (en) | 1999-12-15 | 2002-02-26 | Iospan Wireless, Inc. | Method and wireless systems using multiple antennas and adaptive control for maximizing a communication parameter |
US6298092B1 (en) | 1999-12-15 | 2001-10-02 | Iospan Wireless, Inc. | Methods of controlling communication parameters of wireless systems |
EP1109326A1 (en) | 1999-12-15 | 2001-06-20 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Peamble detector for a CDMA receiver |
JP3975629B2 (en) * | 1999-12-16 | 2007-09-12 | ソニー株式会社 | Image decoding apparatus and image decoding method |
US6298035B1 (en) | 1999-12-21 | 2001-10-02 | Nokia Networks Oy | Estimation of two propagation channels in OFDM |
JP2001186051A (en) | 1999-12-24 | 2001-07-06 | Toshiba Corp | Data signal discrimination circuit and method |
CN100385833C (en) | 1999-12-28 | 2008-04-30 | 株式会社Ntt都科摩 | Path search method, channel estimating method and communication device |
US6718160B2 (en) | 1999-12-29 | 2004-04-06 | Airnet Communications Corp. | Automatic configuration of backhaul and groundlink frequencies in a wireless repeater |
US6888809B1 (en) | 2000-01-13 | 2005-05-03 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Space-time processing for multiple-input, multiple-output, wireless systems |
US7254171B2 (en) | 2000-01-20 | 2007-08-07 | Nortel Networks Limited | Equaliser for digital communications systems and method of equalisation |
JP3581072B2 (en) | 2000-01-24 | 2004-10-27 | 株式会社エヌ・ティ・ティ・ドコモ | Channel configuration method and base station using the method |
KR100325367B1 (en) | 2000-01-28 | 2002-03-04 | 박태진 | Apparatus for estimating bit error rate in orthogonal frequency division multiplexing communication system and mothod thereof |
JP2001217896A (en) | 2000-01-31 | 2001-08-10 | Matsushita Electric Works Ltd | Wireless data communication system |
US7003044B2 (en) | 2000-02-01 | 2006-02-21 | Sasken Communication Technologies Ltd. | Method for allocating bits and power in multi-carrier communication system |
FI117465B (en) | 2000-02-03 | 2006-10-31 | Danisco Sweeteners Oy | Procedure for hard coating of chewable cores |
US6868120B2 (en) | 2000-02-08 | 2005-03-15 | Clearwire Corporation | Real-time system for measuring the Ricean K-factor |
US6704374B1 (en) | 2000-02-16 | 2004-03-09 | Thomson Licensing S.A. | Local oscillator frequency correction in an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing system |
DE10008653A1 (en) | 2000-02-24 | 2001-09-06 | Siemens Ag | Improvements in a radio communication system |
US6956814B1 (en) | 2000-02-29 | 2005-10-18 | Worldspace Corporation | Method and apparatus for mobile platform reception and synchronization in direct digital satellite broadcast system |
JP2001244879A (en) | 2000-03-02 | 2001-09-07 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Transmission power control unit and its method |
US6963546B2 (en) | 2000-03-15 | 2005-11-08 | Interdigital Technology Corp. | Multi-user detection using an adaptive combination of joint detection and successive interface cancellation |
EP1137217A1 (en) | 2000-03-20 | 2001-09-26 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson | ARQ parameter negociation in a data packet transmission system using link adaptation |
US7149253B2 (en) | 2000-03-21 | 2006-12-12 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Wireless communication |
US20020154705A1 (en) | 2000-03-22 | 2002-10-24 | Walton Jay R. | High efficiency high performance communications system employing multi-carrier modulation |
US6952454B1 (en) | 2000-03-22 | 2005-10-04 | Qualcomm, Incorporated | Multiplexing of real time services and non-real time services for OFDM systems |
US6473467B1 (en) | 2000-03-22 | 2002-10-29 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for measuring reporting channel state information in a high efficiency, high performance communications system |
DE10014676C2 (en) | 2000-03-24 | 2002-02-07 | Polytrax Inf Technology Ag | Data transmission over a power supply network |
US7113499B2 (en) | 2000-03-29 | 2006-09-26 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Wireless communication |
US6493331B1 (en) | 2000-03-30 | 2002-12-10 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for controlling transmissions of a communications systems |
EP1143754B1 (en) | 2000-04-04 | 2007-06-27 | Sony Deutschland GmbH | Event triggered change of access service class in a random access channel |
DE60021772T2 (en) | 2000-04-07 | 2006-04-20 | Nokia Corp. | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING WITH SEVERAL ANTENNAS |
US7289570B2 (en) * | 2000-04-10 | 2007-10-30 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Wireless communications |
US6757263B1 (en) | 2000-04-13 | 2004-06-29 | Motorola, Inc. | Wireless repeating subscriber units |
SE518028C2 (en) | 2000-04-17 | 2002-08-20 | Ericsson Telefon Ab L M | Method and method of avoiding congestion in a macro diversity cellular radio system |
US20020009155A1 (en) | 2000-04-18 | 2002-01-24 | Tzannes Marcos C. | Systems and methods for a multicarrier modulation system with a variable margin |
US6751199B1 (en) | 2000-04-24 | 2004-06-15 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for a rate control in a high data rate communication system |
DE60024502T2 (en) | 2000-04-25 | 2006-08-24 | Nortel Networks Ltd., St. Laurent | Wireless telecommunications system with a reduced delay for data transmission |
JP3414357B2 (en) | 2000-04-25 | 2003-06-09 | 日本電気株式会社 | Transmission power control method in CDMA mobile communication system |
US7068628B2 (en) | 2000-05-22 | 2006-06-27 | At&T Corp. | MIMO OFDM system |
DE60135183D1 (en) | 2000-05-23 | 2008-09-18 | Ntt Docomo Inc | Space division transmission method and system |
US7139324B1 (en) | 2000-06-02 | 2006-11-21 | Nokia Networks Oy | Closed loop feedback system for improved down link performance |
US7512086B2 (en) | 2000-06-12 | 2009-03-31 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd | Method of assigning an uplink random access channel in a CDMA mobile communication system |
US6744811B1 (en) | 2000-06-12 | 2004-06-01 | Actelis Networks Inc. | Bandwidth management for DSL modem pool |
US7248841B2 (en) | 2000-06-13 | 2007-07-24 | Agee Brian G | Method and apparatus for optimization of wireless multipoint electromagnetic communication networks |
US6317467B1 (en) | 2000-06-14 | 2001-11-13 | Lloyd C. Cox | Beamforming and interference cancellation system using general purpose filter architecture |
US6628702B1 (en) | 2000-06-14 | 2003-09-30 | Qualcomm, Incorporated | Method and apparatus for demodulating signals processed in a transmit diversity mode |
US6760313B1 (en) | 2000-06-19 | 2004-07-06 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for adaptive rate selection in a communication system |
SE519303C2 (en) | 2000-06-20 | 2003-02-11 | Ericsson Telefon Ab L M | Device for narrowband communication in a multicarrier system |
KR20020000337A (en) | 2000-06-23 | 2002-01-05 | 이주영 | System and method of photo on-line service on internet |
WO2002003557A1 (en) | 2000-06-30 | 2002-01-10 | Iospan Wireless, Inc. | Method and system for mode adaptation in wireless communication |
US6891858B1 (en) | 2000-06-30 | 2005-05-10 | Cisco Technology Inc. | Dynamic modulation of modulation profiles for communication channels in an access network |
CN1140147C (en) | 2000-07-01 | 2004-02-25 | 信息产业部电信传输研究所 | Method and system of outer loop power control |
AU2001267891A1 (en) | 2000-07-03 | 2002-01-14 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Base station unit and method for radio communication |
JP3583353B2 (en) | 2000-07-03 | 2004-11-04 | 松下電器産業株式会社 | Communication terminal device and base station device |
KR100627188B1 (en) | 2000-07-04 | 2006-09-22 | 에스케이 텔레콤주식회사 | Code assign method in wireless communication uplink synchronous transmission scheme |
EP1170897B1 (en) | 2000-07-05 | 2020-01-15 | Wi-Fi One Technologies International Limited | Pilot pattern design for a STTD scheme in an OFDM system |
KR100883942B1 (en) * | 2000-07-12 | 2009-02-18 | 퀄컴 인코포레이티드 | Multiplexing of real time services and non-real time services for ofdm systems |
FI109393B (en) | 2000-07-14 | 2002-07-15 | Nokia Corp | Method for encoding media stream, a scalable and a terminal |
WO2002007327A1 (en) | 2000-07-17 | 2002-01-24 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Coding of data stream |
KR100493152B1 (en) | 2000-07-21 | 2005-06-02 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Transmission antenna diversity method, base station apparatus and mobile station apparatus therefor in mobile communication system |
EP1176750A1 (en) | 2000-07-25 | 2002-01-30 | Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) | Link quality determination of a transmission link in an OFDM transmission system |
DE60035683T2 (en) | 2000-08-01 | 2008-06-26 | Sony Deutschland Gmbh | Frequency reuse scheme for OFDM systems |
US6721267B2 (en) | 2000-08-01 | 2004-04-13 | Motorola, Inc. | Time and bandwidth scalable slot format for mobile data system |
US6920192B1 (en) | 2000-08-03 | 2005-07-19 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Adaptive antenna array methods and apparatus for use in a multi-access wireless communication system |
AU2001284723A1 (en) | 2000-08-03 | 2002-02-18 | Morphics Technology, Inc. | Dynamically reconfigurable universal transmitter system |
US6582088B2 (en) | 2000-08-10 | 2003-06-24 | Benq Corporation | Optical path folding apparatus |
DE60037545T2 (en) | 2000-08-10 | 2008-12-04 | Fujitsu Ltd., Kawasaki | Transmitter diversity communication device |
KR100617749B1 (en) | 2000-08-16 | 2006-08-28 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Antenna Array Apparatus and Beamforming Method of Base Station using GPS Signal in Mobile Communication Systems |
KR100526499B1 (en) | 2000-08-22 | 2005-11-08 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Apparatus for transmit diversity for more than two antennas and method thereof |
EP1182799A3 (en) | 2000-08-22 | 2002-06-26 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Method for enhancing mobile cdma communications using space-time transmit diversity |
IT1318790B1 (en) | 2000-08-29 | 2003-09-10 | Cit Alcatel | METHOD TO MANAGE THE TIME-SLOT ALLOCATION CHANGE IN ADANELLO MS-SPRING NETWORKS OF TRANSOCEANIC TYPE. |
JP3886709B2 (en) | 2000-08-29 | 2007-02-28 | 三菱電機株式会社 | Spread spectrum receiver |
US7120657B2 (en) | 2000-08-29 | 2006-10-10 | Science Applications International Corporation | System and method for adaptive filtering |
JP2002077098A (en) | 2000-09-01 | 2002-03-15 | Mitsubishi Electric Corp | Communication unit and communication method |
US6937592B1 (en) | 2000-09-01 | 2005-08-30 | Intel Corporation | Wireless communications system that supports multiple modes of operation |
US6850481B2 (en) | 2000-09-01 | 2005-02-01 | Nortel Networks Limited | Channels estimation for multiple input—multiple output, orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) system |
US7009931B2 (en) | 2000-09-01 | 2006-03-07 | Nortel Networks Limited | Synchronization in a multiple-input/multiple-output (MIMO) orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) system for wireless applications |
US6985434B2 (en) | 2000-09-01 | 2006-01-10 | Nortel Networks Limited | Adaptive time diversity and spatial diversity for OFDM |
US7233625B2 (en) | 2000-09-01 | 2007-06-19 | Nortel Networks Limited | Preamble design for multiple input—multiple output (MIMO), orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) system |
FR2814014B1 (en) | 2000-09-14 | 2002-10-11 | Mitsubishi Electric Inf Tech | MULTI-USER DETECTION METHOD |
US6802035B2 (en) | 2000-09-19 | 2004-10-05 | Intel Corporation | System and method of dynamically optimizing a transmission mode of wirelessly transmitted information |
US6760882B1 (en) | 2000-09-19 | 2004-07-06 | Intel Corporation | Mode selection for data transmission in wireless communication channels based on statistical parameters |
US6956897B1 (en) | 2000-09-27 | 2005-10-18 | Northwestern University | Reduced rank adaptive filter |
US6650714B2 (en) | 2000-11-30 | 2003-11-18 | Arraycomm, Inc. | Spatial processing and timing estimation using a training sequence in a radio communications system |
US7062294B1 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2006-06-13 | Arraycomm, Llc. | Downlink transmission in a wireless data communication system having a base station with a smart antenna system |
US7043259B1 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2006-05-09 | Arraycomm, Inc. | Repetitive paging from a wireless data base station having a smart antenna system |
US7110378B2 (en) | 2000-10-03 | 2006-09-19 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Channel aware optimal space-time signaling for wireless communication over wideband multipath channels |
US7016296B2 (en) | 2000-10-16 | 2006-03-21 | Broadcom Corporation | Adaptive modulation for fixed wireless link in cable transmission system |
US6907270B1 (en) | 2000-10-23 | 2005-06-14 | Qualcomm Inc. | Method and apparatus for reduced rank channel estimation in a communications system |
JP4067755B2 (en) | 2000-10-24 | 2008-03-26 | 三菱電機株式会社 | Spread spectrum communication system receiver |
US6369758B1 (en) | 2000-11-01 | 2002-04-09 | Unique Broadband Systems, Inc. | Adaptive antenna array for mobile communication |
JP3553038B2 (en) | 2000-11-06 | 2004-08-11 | 株式会社エヌ・ティ・ティ・ドコモ | Signal transmission method, signal reception method, transmission device, reception device, and recording medium |
US6768727B1 (en) | 2000-11-09 | 2004-07-27 | Ericsson Inc. | Fast forward link power control for CDMA system |
US8634481B1 (en) | 2000-11-16 | 2014-01-21 | Alcatel Lucent | Feedback technique for wireless systems with multiple transmit and receive antennas |
US7006464B1 (en) | 2000-11-17 | 2006-02-28 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Downlink and uplink channel structures for downlink shared channel system |
US6980601B2 (en) | 2000-11-17 | 2005-12-27 | Broadcom Corporation | Rate adaptation and parameter optimization for multi-band single carrier transmission |
JP3695316B2 (en) | 2000-11-24 | 2005-09-14 | 株式会社日本自動車部品総合研究所 | Spread spectrum receiver correlation detector |
US8019068B2 (en) | 2000-12-01 | 2011-09-13 | Alcatel Lucent | Method of allocating power for the simultaneous downlink conveyance of information between multiple antennas and multiple destinations |
US6751480B2 (en) | 2000-12-01 | 2004-06-15 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Method for simultaneously conveying information to multiple mobiles with multiple antennas |
JP4505677B2 (en) | 2000-12-06 | 2010-07-21 | ソフトバンクテレコム株式会社 | Transmission diversity apparatus and transmission power adjustment method |
US6952426B2 (en) | 2000-12-07 | 2005-10-04 | Nortel Networks Limited | Method and apparatus for the transmission of short data bursts in CDMA/HDR networks |
KR100353641B1 (en) * | 2000-12-21 | 2002-09-28 | 삼성전자 주식회사 | Base station transmit antenna diversity apparatus and method in cdma communication system |
US6850498B2 (en) | 2000-12-22 | 2005-02-01 | Intel Corporation | Method and system for evaluating a wireless link |
US20020085641A1 (en) * | 2000-12-29 | 2002-07-04 | Motorola, Inc | Method and system for interference averaging in a wireless communication system |
US6987819B2 (en) | 2000-12-29 | 2006-01-17 | Motorola, Inc. | Method and device for multiple input/multiple output transmit and receive weights for equal-rate data streams |
US7050510B2 (en) | 2000-12-29 | 2006-05-23 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Open-loop diversity technique for systems employing four transmitter antennas |
GB0031841D0 (en) * | 2000-12-29 | 2001-02-14 | Nokia Networks Oy | Interference power estimation for adaptive antenna system |
US6731668B2 (en) | 2001-01-05 | 2004-05-04 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and system for increased bandwidth efficiency in multiple input—multiple output channels |
EP1223776A1 (en) | 2001-01-12 | 2002-07-17 | Siemens Information and Communication Networks S.p.A. | A collision free access scheduling in cellular TDMA-CDMA networks |
US6693992B2 (en) | 2001-01-16 | 2004-02-17 | Mindspeed Technologies | Line probe signal and method of use |
US6801790B2 (en) | 2001-01-17 | 2004-10-05 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Structure for multiple antenna configurations |
US7164669B2 (en) | 2001-01-19 | 2007-01-16 | Adaptix, Inc. | Multi-carrier communication with time division multiplexing and carrier-selective loading |
US7054662B2 (en) | 2001-01-24 | 2006-05-30 | Qualcomm, Inc. | Method and system for forward link beam forming in wireless communications |
JP2002232943A (en) | 2001-01-29 | 2002-08-16 | Sony Corp | Data transmission processing method, data reception processing method, transmitter, receiver, and cellular wireless communication system |
GB0102316D0 (en) | 2001-01-30 | 2001-03-14 | Koninkl Philips Electronics Nv | Radio communication system |
US6961388B2 (en) | 2001-02-01 | 2005-11-01 | Qualcomm, Incorporated | Coding scheme for a wireless communication system |
US6885654B2 (en) | 2001-02-06 | 2005-04-26 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Low complexity data detection using fast fourier transform of channel correlation matrix |
US7120134B2 (en) | 2001-02-15 | 2006-10-10 | Qualcomm, Incorporated | Reverse link channel architecture for a wireless communication system |
US6975868B2 (en) | 2001-02-21 | 2005-12-13 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for IS-95B reverse link supplemental code channel frame validation and fundamental code channel rate decision improvement |
JP3736429B2 (en) | 2001-02-21 | 2006-01-18 | 日本電気株式会社 | Cellular system, base station, mobile station, and communication control method |
US7006483B2 (en) | 2001-02-23 | 2006-02-28 | Ipr Licensing, Inc. | Qualifying available reverse link coding rates from access channel power setting |
WO2002069523A1 (en) | 2001-02-26 | 2002-09-06 | Magnolia Broadband, Inc | Smart antenna based spectrum multiplexing using a pilot signal |
GB0105019D0 (en) | 2001-03-01 | 2001-04-18 | Koninkl Philips Electronics Nv | Antenna diversity in a wireless local area network |
US7039125B2 (en) | 2001-03-12 | 2006-05-02 | Analog Devices, Inc. | Equalized SNR power back-off |
EP1241824A1 (en) | 2001-03-14 | 2002-09-18 | TELEFONAKTIEBOLAGET LM ERICSSON (publ) | Multiplexing method in a multicarrier transmit diversity system |
US6763244B2 (en) | 2001-03-15 | 2004-07-13 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for adjusting power control setpoint in a wireless communication system |
US7046746B1 (en) * | 2001-03-19 | 2006-05-16 | Cisco Systems Wireless Networking (Australia) Pty Limited | Adaptive Viterbi decoder for a wireless data network receiver |
US6478422B1 (en) | 2001-03-19 | 2002-11-12 | Richard A. Hansen | Single bifocal custom shooters glasses |
US6771706B2 (en) | 2001-03-23 | 2004-08-03 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for utilizing channel state information in a wireless communication system |
US7248638B1 (en) | 2001-03-23 | 2007-07-24 | Lsi Logic | Transmit antenna multi-mode tracking |
US7386076B2 (en) | 2001-03-29 | 2008-06-10 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Space time encoded wireless communication system with multipath resolution receivers |
GB2373973B (en) | 2001-03-30 | 2003-06-11 | Toshiba Res Europ Ltd | Adaptive antenna |
US8290098B2 (en) | 2001-03-30 | 2012-10-16 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Closed loop multiple transmit, multiple receive antenna wireless communication system |
US20020176485A1 (en) | 2001-04-03 | 2002-11-28 | Hudson John E. | Multi-cast communication system and method of estimating channel impulse responses therein |
US6785513B1 (en) | 2001-04-05 | 2004-08-31 | Cowave Networks, Inc. | Method and system for clustered wireless networks |
US6859503B2 (en) | 2001-04-07 | 2005-02-22 | Motorola, Inc. | Method and system in a transceiver for controlling a multiple-input, multiple-output communications channel |
KR100510434B1 (en) | 2001-04-09 | 2005-08-26 | 니폰덴신뎅와 가부시키가이샤 | OFDM signal transmission system, OFDM signal transmission apparatus and OFDM signal receiver |
FR2823620B1 (en) | 2001-04-12 | 2003-08-15 | France Telecom | METHOD OF ENCODING / DECODING A DIGITAL DATA STREAM ENCODED WITH INTERLOCATION ON BITS IN TRANSMISSION AND IN MULTIPLE RECEPTION IN THE PRESENCE OF INTERSYMBOL INTERFERENCE AND CORRESPONDING SYSTEM |
US7310304B2 (en) | 2001-04-24 | 2007-12-18 | Bae Systems Information And Electronic Systems Integration Inc. | Estimating channel parameters in multi-input, multi-output (MIMO) systems |
GB0110223D0 (en) | 2001-04-26 | 2001-06-20 | Sensor Highway Ltd | Method and apparatus for leak detection and location |
FI20010874A (en) * | 2001-04-26 | 2002-10-27 | Nokia Corp | Communication method and hardware |
US6611231B2 (en) | 2001-04-27 | 2003-08-26 | Vivato, Inc. | Wireless packet switched communication systems and networks using adaptively steered antenna arrays |
US7133459B2 (en) | 2001-05-01 | 2006-11-07 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Space-time transmit diversity |
US7480278B2 (en) | 2001-05-04 | 2009-01-20 | Nokia Corporation | Admission control with directional antenna |
EP1255369A1 (en) | 2001-05-04 | 2002-11-06 | TELEFONAKTIEBOLAGET LM ERICSSON (publ) | Link adaptation for wireless MIMO transmission schemes |
DE10122788A1 (en) | 2001-05-10 | 2002-06-06 | Basf Ag | Preparation of purified melt of monomer(s) involves forming suspension, crystallizing, mechanically separating suspended monomer crystals and further crystallizing and separating |
US6785341B2 (en) | 2001-05-11 | 2004-08-31 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for processing data in a multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) communication system utilizing channel state information |
US7047016B2 (en) | 2001-05-16 | 2006-05-16 | Qualcomm, Incorporated | Method and apparatus for allocating uplink resources in a multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) communication system |
US7688899B2 (en) | 2001-05-17 | 2010-03-30 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for processing data for transmission in a multi-channel communication system using selective channel inversion |
US7072413B2 (en) | 2001-05-17 | 2006-07-04 | Qualcomm, Incorporated | Method and apparatus for processing data for transmission in a multi-channel communication system using selective channel inversion |
US6751187B2 (en) | 2001-05-17 | 2004-06-15 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for processing data for transmission in a multi-channel communication system using selective channel transmission |
US6718493B1 (en) | 2001-05-17 | 2004-04-06 | 3Com Corporation | Method and apparatus for selection of ARQ parameters and estimation of improved communications |
US7492737B1 (en) | 2001-05-23 | 2009-02-17 | Nortel Networks Limited | Service-driven air interface protocol architecture for wireless systems |
ES2188373B1 (en) | 2001-05-25 | 2004-10-16 | Diseño De Sistemas En Silencio, S.A. | COMMUNICATION OPTIMIZATION PROCEDURE FOR MULTI-USER DIGITAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM ON ELECTRICAL NETWORK. |
US6920194B2 (en) | 2001-05-29 | 2005-07-19 | Tioga Technologies, Ltd. | Method and system for detecting, timing, and correcting impulse noise |
US7158563B2 (en) | 2001-06-01 | 2007-01-02 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Dynamic digital communication system control |
JP3637884B2 (en) | 2001-06-01 | 2005-04-13 | ソニー株式会社 | Despreading device, propagation path estimation device, reception device and interference suppression device, despreading, propagation channel estimation, reception and interference suppression method, program, and recording medium recording the program |
US20020183010A1 (en) | 2001-06-05 | 2002-12-05 | Catreux Severine E. | Wireless communication systems with adaptive channelization and link adaptation |
GB2376315B (en) | 2001-06-05 | 2003-08-06 | 3Com Corp | Data bus system including posted reads and writes |
US20020193146A1 (en) | 2001-06-06 | 2002-12-19 | Mark Wallace | Method and apparatus for antenna diversity in a wireless communication system |
US7190749B2 (en) | 2001-06-06 | 2007-03-13 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for canceling pilot interference in a wireless communication system |
DE60127944T2 (en) | 2001-06-08 | 2007-09-06 | Sony Deutschland Gmbh | MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEM WITH ADAPTIVE BITWEISER NESTING |
US20030012308A1 (en) | 2001-06-13 | 2003-01-16 | Sampath Hemanth T. | Adaptive channel estimation for wireless systems |
US7027523B2 (en) * | 2001-06-22 | 2006-04-11 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for transmitting data in a time division duplexed (TDD) communication system |
CN1547861A (en) | 2001-06-27 | 2004-11-17 | ���˹���Ѷ��� | Communication of control information in wireless communication systems |
US6842460B1 (en) | 2001-06-27 | 2005-01-11 | Nokia Corporation | Ad hoc network discovery menu |
US7149190B1 (en) | 2001-06-28 | 2006-12-12 | Nortel Networks Limited | MAC channel operation employable for receiving on more than one forward link channel |
US6751444B1 (en) | 2001-07-02 | 2004-06-15 | Broadstorm Telecommunications, Inc. | Method and apparatus for adaptive carrier allocation and power control in multi-carrier communication systems |
FR2827731B1 (en) | 2001-07-23 | 2004-01-23 | Nexo | LOUDSPEAKER WITH DIRECT RADIATION AND OPTIMIZED RADIATION |
US6996380B2 (en) | 2001-07-26 | 2006-02-07 | Ericsson Inc. | Communication system employing transmit macro-diversity |
US6738020B1 (en) | 2001-07-31 | 2004-05-18 | Arraycomm, Inc. | Estimation of downlink transmission parameters in a radio communications system with an adaptive antenna array |
ATE400097T1 (en) | 2001-08-13 | 2008-07-15 | Motorola Inc | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION WITH TRANSMIT DIVERSITY |
KR100703295B1 (en) | 2001-08-18 | 2007-04-03 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and apparatus for transporting and receiving data using antenna array in mobile system |
US20030039317A1 (en) | 2001-08-21 | 2003-02-27 | Taylor Douglas Hamilton | Method and apparatus for constructing a sub-carrier map |
US6807429B2 (en) | 2001-08-22 | 2004-10-19 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for combining power control commands received in a wireless communication system |
FR2828981B1 (en) | 2001-08-23 | 2004-05-21 | Commissariat Energie Atomique | INDUCTION HEATING CRUCIBLE AND COOLING |
KR100459573B1 (en) | 2001-08-25 | 2004-12-03 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Apparatus for transmitting/receiving uplink transmission power and high speed downlink shared channel power level in communication system using high speed downlink packet access scheme and method thereof |
EP1289328A1 (en) | 2001-08-28 | 2003-03-05 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | A method of sending control information in a wireless telecommunications network, and corresponding apparatus |
US6990059B1 (en) | 2001-09-05 | 2006-01-24 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Interference mitigation in a wireless communication system |
FR2829326A1 (en) | 2001-09-06 | 2003-03-07 | France Telecom | SUB-OPTIMAL ITERATIVE RECEPTION PROCESS AND SYSTEM FOR CDMA HIGH SPEED TRANSMISSION SYSTEM |
US7149254B2 (en) | 2001-09-06 | 2006-12-12 | Intel Corporation | Transmit signal preprocessing based on transmit antennae correlations for multiple antennae systems |
US7133070B2 (en) | 2001-09-20 | 2006-11-07 | Eastman Kodak Company | System and method for deciding when to correct image-specific defects based on camera, scene, display and demographic data |
US6788948B2 (en) | 2001-09-28 | 2004-09-07 | Arraycomm, Inc. | Frequency dependent calibration of a wideband radio system using narrowband channels |
US7024163B1 (en) | 2001-09-28 | 2006-04-04 | Arraycomm Llc | Method and apparatus for adjusting feedback of a remote unit |
US7039363B1 (en) | 2001-09-28 | 2006-05-02 | Arraycomm Llc | Adaptive antenna array with programmable sensitivity |
US7277679B1 (en) | 2001-09-28 | 2007-10-02 | Arraycomm, Llc | Method and apparatus to provide multiple-mode spatial processing to a terminal unit |
US7269127B2 (en) | 2001-10-04 | 2007-09-11 | Bae Systems Information And Electronic Systems Integration Inc. | Preamble structures for single-input, single-output (SISO) and multi-input, multi-output (MIMO) communication systems |
US7035359B2 (en) | 2001-10-11 | 2006-04-25 | Telefonaktiebolaget L.M. Ericsson | Methods and apparatus for demodulation of a signal in a signal slot subject to a discontinuous interference signal |
US7773699B2 (en) | 2001-10-17 | 2010-08-10 | Nortel Networks Limited | Method and apparatus for channel quality measurements |
US7248559B2 (en) | 2001-10-17 | 2007-07-24 | Nortel Networks Limited | Scattered pilot pattern and channel estimation method for MIMO-OFDM systems |
US7548506B2 (en) | 2001-10-17 | 2009-06-16 | Nortel Networks Limited | System access and synchronization methods for MIMO OFDM communications systems and physical layer packet and preamble design |
KR100533205B1 (en) | 2001-10-17 | 2005-12-05 | 닛본 덴끼 가부시끼가이샤 | Mobile communication system, communication control method, base station and mobile station to be used in the same |
US7116652B2 (en) | 2001-10-18 | 2006-10-03 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Rate control technique for layered architectures with multiple transmit and receive antennas |
US7349667B2 (en) | 2001-10-19 | 2008-03-25 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Simplified noise estimation and/or beamforming for wireless communications |
US20030119452A1 (en) | 2001-10-19 | 2003-06-26 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Apparatus and method for controlling transmission power of downlink data channel in a mobile communication system supporting MBMS |
JP3607238B2 (en) | 2001-10-22 | 2005-01-05 | 株式会社東芝 | OFDM signal receiving system |
US7130592B2 (en) | 2001-10-31 | 2006-10-31 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Radio transmission apparatus and radio communication method |
US7164649B2 (en) | 2001-11-02 | 2007-01-16 | Qualcomm, Incorporated | Adaptive rate control for OFDM communication system |
US7218684B2 (en) | 2001-11-02 | 2007-05-15 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Method and system for code reuse and capacity enhancement using null steering |
US20030125040A1 (en) | 2001-11-06 | 2003-07-03 | Walton Jay R. | Multiple-access multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) communication system |
US8018903B2 (en) | 2001-11-21 | 2011-09-13 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Closed-loop transmit diversity scheme in frequency selective multipath channels |
US7346126B2 (en) | 2001-11-28 | 2008-03-18 | Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) | Method and apparatus for channel estimation using plural channels |
EP1450505B1 (en) | 2001-11-28 | 2008-10-29 | Fujitsu Limited | Orthogonal frequency-division multiplex transmission method |
US7263119B1 (en) | 2001-11-29 | 2007-08-28 | Marvell International Ltd. | Decoding method and apparatus |
US7154936B2 (en) * | 2001-12-03 | 2006-12-26 | Qualcomm, Incorporated | Iterative detection and decoding for a MIMO-OFDM system |
US6760388B2 (en) | 2001-12-07 | 2004-07-06 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Time-domain transmit and receive processing with channel eigen-mode decomposition for MIMO systems |
US7155171B2 (en) | 2001-12-12 | 2006-12-26 | Saraband Wireless | Vector network analyzer applique for adaptive communications in wireless networks |
US20030112745A1 (en) | 2001-12-17 | 2003-06-19 | Xiangyang Zhuang | Method and system of operating a coded OFDM communication system |
US7099398B1 (en) | 2001-12-18 | 2006-08-29 | Vixs, Inc. | Method and apparatus for establishing non-standard data rates in a wireless communication system |
AU2002364572A1 (en) | 2001-12-18 | 2003-07-09 | Globespan Virata Incorporated | System and method for rate enhanced shdsl |
KR100444730B1 (en) | 2001-12-24 | 2004-08-16 | 한국전자통신연구원 | Demodulating apparatus of a base station for wideband code division multiple access system and method thereof |
US7573805B2 (en) | 2001-12-28 | 2009-08-11 | Motorola, Inc. | Data transmission and reception method and apparatus |
JP4052835B2 (en) | 2001-12-28 | 2008-02-27 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Wireless transmission system for multipoint relay and wireless device used therefor |
CA2366397A1 (en) | 2001-12-31 | 2003-06-30 | Tropic Networks Inc. | An interface for data transfer between integrated circuits |
US7209433B2 (en) | 2002-01-07 | 2007-04-24 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Channel estimation and compensation techniques for use in frequency division multiplexed systems |
US7020110B2 (en) | 2002-01-08 | 2006-03-28 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Resource allocation for MIMO-OFDM communication systems |
US7020482B2 (en) | 2002-01-23 | 2006-03-28 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Reallocation of excess power for full channel-state information (CSI) multiple-input, multiple-output (MIMO) systems |
US7058116B2 (en) * | 2002-01-25 | 2006-06-06 | Intel Corporation | Receiver architecture for CDMA receiver downlink |
US7283508B2 (en) | 2002-02-07 | 2007-10-16 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Apparatus and method for transmitting/receiving serving HS-SCCH set information in an HSDPA communication system |
US7046978B2 (en) * | 2002-02-08 | 2006-05-16 | Qualcomm, Inc. | Method and apparatus for transmit pre-correction in wireless communications |
US6937874B2 (en) | 2002-02-12 | 2005-08-30 | Motorola, Inc. | Power control in spread spectrum communications systems |
US6980800B2 (en) | 2002-02-12 | 2005-12-27 | Hughes Network Systems | System and method for providing contention channel organization for broadband satellite access in a communications network |
US7292854B2 (en) | 2002-02-15 | 2007-11-06 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Express signaling in a wireless communication system |
US7076263B2 (en) | 2002-02-19 | 2006-07-11 | Qualcomm, Incorporated | Power control for partial channel-state information (CSI) multiple-input, multiple-output (MIMO) systems |
US20030162519A1 (en) | 2002-02-26 | 2003-08-28 | Martin Smith | Radio communications device |
US6862271B2 (en) | 2002-02-26 | 2005-03-01 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Multiple-input, multiple-output (MIMO) systems with multiple transmission modes |
US6959171B2 (en) | 2002-02-28 | 2005-10-25 | Intel Corporation | Data transmission rate control |
US6687492B1 (en) | 2002-03-01 | 2004-02-03 | Cognio, Inc. | System and method for antenna diversity using joint maximal ratio combining |
US6873651B2 (en) | 2002-03-01 | 2005-03-29 | Cognio, Inc. | System and method for joint maximal ratio combining using time-domain signal processing |
US6636568B2 (en) | 2002-03-01 | 2003-10-21 | Qualcomm | Data transmission with non-uniform distribution of data rates for a multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) system |
US20040047284A1 (en) | 2002-03-13 | 2004-03-11 | Eidson Donald Brian | Transmit diversity framing structure for multipath channels |
US7406065B2 (en) | 2002-03-14 | 2008-07-29 | Qualcomm, Incorporated | Method and apparatus for reducing inter-channel interference in a wireless communication system |
US7035284B2 (en) | 2002-03-14 | 2006-04-25 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for reducing inter-channel interference in a wireless communication system employing a non-periodic interleaver |
JP3561510B2 (en) | 2002-03-22 | 2004-09-02 | 松下電器産業株式会社 | Base station apparatus and packet transmission method |
US7042858B1 (en) | 2002-03-22 | 2006-05-09 | Jianglei Ma | Soft handoff for OFDM |
US20040198276A1 (en) | 2002-03-26 | 2004-10-07 | Jose Tellado | Multiple channel wireless receiver |
US7012978B2 (en) | 2002-03-26 | 2006-03-14 | Intel Corporation | Robust multiple chain receiver |
US7197084B2 (en) | 2002-03-27 | 2007-03-27 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Precoding for a multipath channel in a MIMO system |
KR100456693B1 (en) | 2002-03-28 | 2004-11-10 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method for minimizing setupt time by the optimization of bit allocation on multi-canannel communication system |
US20030186650A1 (en) | 2002-03-29 | 2003-10-02 | Jung-Tao Liu | Closed loop multiple antenna system |
US7224704B2 (en) | 2002-04-01 | 2007-05-29 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Wireless network scheduling data frames including physical layer configuration |
US7099377B2 (en) | 2002-04-03 | 2006-08-29 | Stmicroelectronics N.V. | Method and device for interference cancellation in a CDMA wireless communication system |
US7020226B1 (en) | 2002-04-04 | 2006-03-28 | Nortel Networks Limited | I/Q distortion compensation for the reception of OFDM signals |
US6850741B2 (en) | 2002-04-04 | 2005-02-01 | Agency For Science, Technology And Research | Method for selecting switched orthogonal beams for downlink diversity transmission |
US6804191B2 (en) | 2002-04-05 | 2004-10-12 | Flarion Technologies, Inc. | Phase sequences for timing and access signals |
US7103325B1 (en) | 2002-04-05 | 2006-09-05 | Nortel Networks Limited | Adaptive modulation and coding |
US7623871B2 (en) | 2002-04-24 | 2009-11-24 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Position determination for a wireless terminal in a hybrid position determination system |
US7876726B2 (en) | 2002-04-29 | 2011-01-25 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Adaptive allocation of communications link channels to I- or Q-subchannel |
US7177658B2 (en) | 2002-05-06 | 2007-02-13 | Qualcomm, Incorporated | Multi-media broadcast and multicast service (MBMS) in a wireless communications system |
US7352722B2 (en) | 2002-05-13 | 2008-04-01 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Mitigation of link imbalance in a wireless communication system |
US6690660B2 (en) | 2002-05-22 | 2004-02-10 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Adaptive algorithm for a Cholesky approximation |
US7327800B2 (en) | 2002-05-24 | 2008-02-05 | Vecima Networks Inc. | System and method for data detection in wireless communication systems |
US6862440B2 (en) | 2002-05-29 | 2005-03-01 | Intel Corporation | Method and system for multiple channel wireless transmitter and receiver phase and amplitude calibration |
US7421039B2 (en) | 2002-06-04 | 2008-09-02 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Method and system employing antenna arrays |
KR100498326B1 (en) | 2002-06-18 | 2005-07-01 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Adaptive modulation coding apparatus and method for mobile communication device |
US7184713B2 (en) | 2002-06-20 | 2007-02-27 | Qualcomm, Incorporated | Rate control for multi-channel communication systems |
US7359313B2 (en) | 2002-06-24 | 2008-04-15 | Agere Systems Inc. | Space-time bit-interleaved coded modulation for wideband transmission |
US7613248B2 (en) | 2002-06-24 | 2009-11-03 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Signal processing with channel eigenmode decomposition and channel inversion for MIMO systems |
US7095709B2 (en) | 2002-06-24 | 2006-08-22 | Qualcomm, Incorporated | Diversity transmission modes for MIMO OFDM communication systems |
US7551546B2 (en) | 2002-06-27 | 2009-06-23 | Nortel Networks Limited | Dual-mode shared OFDM methods/transmitters, receivers and systems |
EP1520360B1 (en) | 2002-06-27 | 2007-01-24 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Measurement of channel characterisitics in a communication system |
US7342912B1 (en) | 2002-06-28 | 2008-03-11 | Arraycomm, Llc. | Selection of user-specific transmission parameters for optimization of transmit performance in wireless communications using a common pilot channel |
EP1379020A1 (en) | 2002-07-03 | 2004-01-07 | National University Of Singapore | A wireless communication apparatus and method |
US7912999B2 (en) | 2002-07-03 | 2011-03-22 | Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. | Buffering method and apparatus for processing digital communication signals |
US20040017785A1 (en) | 2002-07-16 | 2004-01-29 | Zelst Allert Van | System for transporting multiple radio frequency signals of a multiple input, multiple output wireless communication system to/from a central processing base station |
US6683916B1 (en) | 2002-07-17 | 2004-01-27 | Philippe Jean-Marc Sartori | Adaptive modulation/coding and power allocation system |
US6885708B2 (en) | 2002-07-18 | 2005-04-26 | Motorola, Inc. | Training prefix modulation method and receiver |
KR20040011653A (en) | 2002-07-29 | 2004-02-11 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Orthogonal frequency division multiplexing communication method and apparatus adapted to channel characteristics |
EP1983651B1 (en) | 2002-07-30 | 2014-11-05 | IPR Licensing, Inc. | Device for multiple-input multiple output (MIMO) radio communication |
US6961595B2 (en) | 2002-08-08 | 2005-11-01 | Flarion Technologies, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for operating mobile nodes in multiple states |
US7653415B2 (en) | 2002-08-21 | 2010-01-26 | Broadcom Corporation | Method and system for increasing data rate in a mobile terminal using spatial multiplexing for DVB-H communication |
EP1392004B1 (en) | 2002-08-22 | 2009-01-21 | Interuniversitair Microelektronica Centrum Vzw | Method for multi-user MIMO transmission and apparatuses suited therefore |
US6970722B1 (en) | 2002-08-22 | 2005-11-29 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Array beamforming with wide nulls |
US20040037257A1 (en) | 2002-08-23 | 2004-02-26 | Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. | Method and apparatus for assuring quality of service in wireless local area networks |
US8194770B2 (en) | 2002-08-27 | 2012-06-05 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Coded MIMO systems with selective channel inversion applied per eigenmode |
US6940917B2 (en) * | 2002-08-27 | 2005-09-06 | Qualcomm, Incorporated | Beam-steering and beam-forming for wideband MIMO/MISO systems |
WO2004023674A1 (en) | 2002-09-06 | 2004-03-18 | Nokia Corporation | Antenna selection method |
US7260153B2 (en) | 2002-09-09 | 2007-08-21 | Mimopro Ltd. | Multi input multi output wireless communication method and apparatus providing extended range and extended rate across imperfectly estimated channels |
US20040052228A1 (en) | 2002-09-16 | 2004-03-18 | Jose Tellado | Method and system of frequency and time synchronization of a transceiver to signals received by the transceiver |
US20040066782A1 (en) | 2002-09-23 | 2004-04-08 | Nassar Ayman Esam | System, method and apparatus for sharing and optimizing packet services nodes |
US7426176B2 (en) | 2002-09-30 | 2008-09-16 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Method of power allocation and rate control in OFDMA systems |
FR2845626B1 (en) | 2002-10-14 | 2005-12-16 | Rotelec Sa | PROCESS FOR CONTROLLING METAL MOVEMENTS IN A BRAMES CONTINUOUS CASTING LINGOTIERE |
US6850511B2 (en) | 2002-10-15 | 2005-02-01 | Intech 21, Inc. | Timely organized ad hoc network and protocol for timely organized ad hoc network |
US7961774B2 (en) | 2002-10-15 | 2011-06-14 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Multipath interference-resistant receivers for closed-loop transmit diversity (CLTD) in code-division multiple access (CDMA) systems |
US20040121730A1 (en) | 2002-10-16 | 2004-06-24 | Tamer Kadous | Transmission scheme for multi-carrier MIMO systems |
US7453844B1 (en) | 2002-10-22 | 2008-11-18 | Hong Kong Applied Science and Technology Research Institute, Co., Ltd. | Dynamic allocation of channels in a wireless network |
US7200404B2 (en) | 2002-10-22 | 2007-04-03 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Information storage to support wireless communication in non-exclusive spectrum |
US8134976B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2012-03-13 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Channel calibration for a time division duplexed communication system |
US7151809B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2006-12-19 | Qualcomm, Incorporated | Channel estimation and spatial processing for TDD MIMO systems |
US8570988B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2013-10-29 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Channel calibration for a time division duplexed communication system |
US8169944B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2012-05-01 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Random access for wireless multiple-access communication systems |
BR0315664A (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2005-08-30 | Qualcomm Inc | Data detection and demodulation for wireless communication systems |
US8170513B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2012-05-01 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Data detection and demodulation for wireless communication systems |
US20040081131A1 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2004-04-29 | Walton Jay Rod | OFDM communication system with multiple OFDM symbol sizes |
US7324429B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2008-01-29 | Qualcomm, Incorporated | Multi-mode terminal in a wireless MIMO system |
US7002900B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2006-02-21 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Transmit diversity processing for a multi-antenna communication system |
US8320301B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2012-11-27 | Qualcomm Incorporated | MIMO WLAN system |
US8208364B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2012-06-26 | Qualcomm Incorporated | MIMO system with multiple spatial multiplexing modes |
US7986742B2 (en) * | 2002-10-25 | 2011-07-26 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Pilots for MIMO communication system |
US8218609B2 (en) | 2002-10-25 | 2012-07-10 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Closed-loop rate control for a multi-channel communication system |
JP2006504324A (en) | 2002-10-26 | 2006-02-02 | エレクトロニクス アンド テレコミュニケーションズ リサーチ インスチチュート | Comb pattern symbol frequency jump orthogonal frequency division multiple access method |
EP1416688A1 (en) | 2002-10-31 | 2004-05-06 | Motorola Inc. | Iterative channel estimation in multicarrier receivers |
US7317750B2 (en) | 2002-10-31 | 2008-01-08 | Lot 41 Acquisition Foundation, Llc | Orthogonal superposition coding for direct-sequence communications |
US7280625B2 (en) | 2002-12-11 | 2007-10-09 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Derivation of eigenvectors for spatial processing in MIMO communication systems |
US7280467B2 (en) | 2003-01-07 | 2007-10-09 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Pilot transmission schemes for wireless multi-carrier communication systems |
US7583637B2 (en) | 2003-01-31 | 2009-09-01 | Alcatel-Lucent Usa Inc. | Methods of controlling data rate in wireless communications systems |
US7058367B1 (en) | 2003-01-31 | 2006-06-06 | At&T Corp. | Rate-adaptive methods for communicating over multiple input/multiple output wireless systems |
US20040176097A1 (en) | 2003-02-06 | 2004-09-09 | Fiona Wilson | Allocation of sub channels of MIMO channels of a wireless network |
EP1447934A1 (en) | 2003-02-12 | 2004-08-18 | Institut Eurecom G.I.E. | Transmission and reception diversity process for wireless communications |
JP2004266586A (en) | 2003-03-03 | 2004-09-24 | Hitachi Ltd | Data transmitting and receiving method of mobile communication system |
JP4250002B2 (en) | 2003-03-05 | 2009-04-08 | 富士通株式会社 | Adaptive modulation transmission system and adaptive modulation control method |
US6927728B2 (en) | 2003-03-13 | 2005-08-09 | Motorola, Inc. | Method and apparatus for multi-antenna transmission |
US7822140B2 (en) | 2003-03-17 | 2010-10-26 | Broadcom Corporation | Multi-antenna communication systems utilizing RF-based and baseband signal weighting and combining |
US7885228B2 (en) | 2003-03-20 | 2011-02-08 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Transmission mode selection for data transmission in a multi-channel communication system |
JP4259897B2 (en) | 2003-03-25 | 2009-04-30 | シャープ株式会社 | Wireless data transmission system and wireless data transmission / reception device |
US7242727B2 (en) | 2003-03-31 | 2007-07-10 | Lucent Technologies Inc. | Method of determining transmit power for transmit eigenbeams in a multiple-input multiple-output communications system |
US7403503B2 (en) | 2003-07-09 | 2008-07-22 | Interdigital Technology Corporation | Resource allocation in wireless communication systems |
DE602004013592D1 (en) | 2003-07-11 | 2008-06-19 | Qualcomm Inc | DYNAMIC COMMONLY USED FORWARD CARD |
CN100429311C (en) | 2003-08-08 | 2008-10-29 | 四川禾本生物工程有限公司 | EPSP synzyme of high anti-cancrinia discoidea and its coding squence |
US7065144B2 (en) | 2003-08-27 | 2006-06-20 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Frequency-independent spatial processing for wideband MISO and MIMO systems |
WO2005022833A2 (en) | 2003-08-27 | 2005-03-10 | Wavion Ltd. | Wlan capacity enhancement using sdm |
US7356089B2 (en) | 2003-09-05 | 2008-04-08 | Nortel Networks Limited | Phase offset spatial multiplexing |
KR100995031B1 (en) | 2003-10-01 | 2010-11-19 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method for controlling signal transmitting applying for MIMO |
US8842657B2 (en) | 2003-10-15 | 2014-09-23 | Qualcomm Incorporated | High speed media access control with legacy system interoperability |
US8233462B2 (en) | 2003-10-15 | 2012-07-31 | Qualcomm Incorporated | High speed media access control and direct link protocol |
US8483105B2 (en) | 2003-10-15 | 2013-07-09 | Qualcomm Incorporated | High speed media access control |
US7508748B2 (en) | 2003-10-24 | 2009-03-24 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Rate selection for a multi-carrier MIMO system |
JP2007509586A (en) | 2003-10-24 | 2007-04-12 | クゥアルコム・インコーポレイテッド | Frequency division multiplexing of multiple data streams in a multi-carrier communication system |
US8526412B2 (en) | 2003-10-24 | 2013-09-03 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Frequency division multiplexing of multiple data streams in a wireless multi-carrier communication system |
US7616698B2 (en) | 2003-11-04 | 2009-11-10 | Atheros Communications, Inc. | Multiple-input multiple output system and method |
US7298805B2 (en) | 2003-11-21 | 2007-11-20 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Multi-antenna transmission for spatial division multiple access |
US9473269B2 (en) | 2003-12-01 | 2016-10-18 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Method and apparatus for providing an efficient control channel structure in a wireless communication system |
US7231184B2 (en) | 2003-12-05 | 2007-06-12 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Low overhead transmit channel estimation |
EP1698086A2 (en) | 2003-12-27 | 2006-09-06 | Electronics and Telecommunications Research Institute | A mimo-ofdm system using eigenbeamforming method |
US7333556B2 (en) | 2004-01-12 | 2008-02-19 | Intel Corporation | System and method for selecting data rates to provide uniform bit loading of subcarriers of a multicarrier communication channel |
JP2005223829A (en) | 2004-02-09 | 2005-08-18 | Nec Electronics Corp | Fractional frequency divider circuit and data transmission apparatus using the same |
US7746886B2 (en) | 2004-02-19 | 2010-06-29 | Broadcom Corporation | Asymmetrical MIMO wireless communications |
US7206354B2 (en) | 2004-02-19 | 2007-04-17 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Calibration of downlink and uplink channel responses in a wireless MIMO communication system |
US7274734B2 (en) | 2004-02-20 | 2007-09-25 | Aktino, Inc. | Iterative waterfiling with explicit bandwidth constraints |
US7848442B2 (en) | 2004-04-02 | 2010-12-07 | Lg Electronics Inc. | Signal processing apparatus and method in multi-input/multi-output communications systems |
US7486740B2 (en) | 2004-04-02 | 2009-02-03 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Calibration of transmit and receive chains in a MIMO communication system |
US7110463B2 (en) | 2004-06-30 | 2006-09-19 | Qualcomm, Incorporated | Efficient computation of spatial filter matrices for steering transmit diversity in a MIMO communication system |
US7606319B2 (en) | 2004-07-15 | 2009-10-20 | Nokia Corporation | Method and detector for a novel channel quality indicator for space-time encoded MIMO spread spectrum systems in frequency selective channels |
US20060018247A1 (en) | 2004-07-22 | 2006-01-26 | Bas Driesen | Method and apparatus for space interleaved communication in a multiple antenna communication system |
US7599443B2 (en) | 2004-09-13 | 2009-10-06 | Nokia Corporation | Method and apparatus to balance maximum information rate with quality of service in a MIMO system |
KR100905605B1 (en) | 2004-09-24 | 2009-07-02 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Data transmission method for ofdm-mimo system |
TWI296753B (en) | 2004-10-26 | 2008-05-11 | Via Tech Inc | Usb control circuit for saving power and the method thereof |
US8498215B2 (en) | 2004-11-16 | 2013-07-30 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Open-loop rate control for a TDD communication system |
EP2375584B1 (en) | 2004-11-16 | 2024-03-13 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Closed-loop rate control for a mimo communication system |
US7525988B2 (en) | 2005-01-17 | 2009-04-28 | Broadcom Corporation | Method and system for rate selection algorithm to maximize throughput in closed loop multiple input multiple output (MIMO) wireless local area network (WLAN) system |
US7466749B2 (en) | 2005-05-12 | 2008-12-16 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Rate selection with margin sharing |
US7603141B2 (en) | 2005-06-02 | 2009-10-13 | Qualcomm, Inc. | Multi-antenna station with distributed antennas |
US8358714B2 (en) | 2005-06-16 | 2013-01-22 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Coding and modulation for multiple data streams in a communication system |
US20090161613A1 (en) | 2007-11-30 | 2009-06-25 | Mark Kent | Method and system for constructing channel quality indicator tables for feedback in a communication system |
US20090291642A1 (en) | 2008-05-23 | 2009-11-26 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Systems and Methods for SIR Estimation for Power Control |
US8619620B2 (en) | 2008-09-16 | 2013-12-31 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Methods and systems for transmission mode selection in a multi channel communication system |
ES2355347B1 (en) | 2009-01-30 | 2012-02-10 | Vodafone España, S.A.U. | METHOD FOR DETECTING INTERFERENCES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM. |
US20100260060A1 (en) | 2009-04-08 | 2010-10-14 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Integrated calibration protocol for wireless lans |
KR20130018079A (en) * | 2011-08-10 | 2013-02-20 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Apparatus and method for beam locking in wireless communication system |
-
2003
- 2003-06-30 US US10/610,446 patent/US7986742B2/en active Active
- 2003-10-24 EP EP03781530A patent/EP1556985B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2003-10-24 AT AT03781530T patent/ATE525823T1/en active
- 2003-10-24 PT PT03781530T patent/PT1556985E/en unknown
- 2003-10-24 WO PCT/US2003/034520 patent/WO2004038988A2/en active Application Filing
- 2003-10-24 CA CA2501634A patent/CA2501634C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2003-10-24 UA UAA200504940A patent/UA83472C2/en unknown
- 2003-10-24 MX MXPA05004393A patent/MXPA05004393A/en active IP Right Grant
- 2003-10-24 DK DK11153572.0T patent/DK2363970T3/en active
- 2003-10-24 BR BRPI0315536A patent/BRPI0315536B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2003-10-24 KR KR1020057007077A patent/KR101046824B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2003-10-24 EP EP11153572.0A patent/EP2363970B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2003-10-24 PT PT111535720T patent/PT2363970E/en unknown
- 2003-10-24 AU AU2003287297A patent/AU2003287297C1/en not_active Ceased
- 2003-10-24 DK DK03781530.5T patent/DK1556985T3/en active
- 2003-10-24 CA CA2751604A patent/CA2751604C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2003-10-24 ES ES11153572.0T patent/ES2438718T3/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2003-10-24 BR BR122016029898-1A patent/BR122016029898B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2003-10-24 RU RU2005115874/09A patent/RU2349042C2/en active
- 2003-10-24 ES ES03781530T patent/ES2371460T3/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2003-10-24 JP JP2005501707A patent/JP4657918B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2003-10-27 TW TW092129813A patent/TWI337478B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
-
2006
- 2006-04-10 HK HK06104309A patent/HK1084266A1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
-
2009
- 2009-09-10 AU AU2009213065A patent/AU2009213065A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2010
- 2010-03-08 JP JP2010051164A patent/JP5221579B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2011
- 2011-06-08 US US13/155,916 patent/US9312935B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2015
- 2015-08-26 US US14/836,620 patent/US9967005B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2018
- 2018-03-28 US US15/939,145 patent/US10382106B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
Also Published As
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CA2751604C (en) | Pilots for mimo communication systems | |
JP2006504370A6 (en) | Pilot for multiple I / O communication system | |
AU2003297873C1 (en) | Derivation of eigenvectors for spatial processing in MIMO communication systems | |
CA2501921C (en) | Mimo system with multiple spatial multiplexing modes | |
US8909174B2 (en) | Continuous beamforming for a MIMO-OFDM system |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
EEER | Examination request | ||
MKEX | Expiry |
Effective date: 20231024 |